redshift

package
v0.13.0 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

 Go to latest Published: Oct 2, 2019 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 8 Imported by: 76

Documentation

Overview

Package redshift provides the client and types for making API requests to Amazon Redshift.

Overview

This is an interface reference for Amazon Redshift. It contains documentation for one of the programming or command line interfaces you can use to manage Amazon Redshift clusters. Note that Amazon Redshift is asynchronous, which means that some interfaces may require techniques, such as polling or asynchronous callback handlers, to determine when a command has been applied. In this reference, the parameter descriptions indicate whether a change is applied immediately, on the next instance reboot, or during the next maintenance window. For a summary of the Amazon Redshift cluster management interfaces, go to Using the Amazon Redshift Management Interfaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/using-aws-sdk.html).

Amazon Redshift manages all the work of setting up, operating, and scaling a data warehouse: provisioning capacity, monitoring and backing up the cluster, and applying patches and upgrades to the Amazon Redshift engine. You can focus on using your data to acquire new insights for your business and customers.

If you are a first-time user of Amazon Redshift, we recommend that you begin by reading the Amazon Redshift Getting Started Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/gsg/getting-started.html).

If you are a database developer, the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/welcome.html) explains how to design, build, query, and maintain the databases that make up your data warehouse.

See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01 for more information on this service.

See redshift package documentation for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/redshift/

Using the Client

To use Amazon Redshift with the SDK use the New function to create a new service client. With that client you can make API requests to the service. These clients are safe to use concurrently.

See the SDK's documentation for more information on how to use the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/

See aws.Config documentation for more information on configuring SDK clients. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config

See the Amazon Redshift client for more information on creating client for this service. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/redshift/#New

Index

Constants

View Source 
const (
	ServiceName = "Amazon Redshift" // Service's name
	ServiceID   = "Redshift"        // Service's identifier
	EndpointsID = "redshift"        // Service's Endpoint identifier
)
View Source 
const (

	// ErrCodeAccessToSnapshotDeniedFault for service response error code
	// "AccessToSnapshotDenied".
	//
	// The owner of the specified snapshot has not authorized your account to access
	// the snapshot.
	ErrCodeAccessToSnapshotDeniedFault = "AccessToSnapshotDenied"

	// ErrCodeAuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "AuthorizationAlreadyExists".
	//
	// The specified CIDR block or EC2 security group is already authorized for
	// the specified cluster security group.
	ErrCodeAuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault = "AuthorizationAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "AuthorizationNotFound".
	//
	// The specified CIDR IP range or EC2 security group is not authorized for the
	// specified cluster security group.
	ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault = "AuthorizationNotFound"

	// ErrCodeAuthorizationQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "AuthorizationQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// The authorization quota for the cluster security group has been reached.
	ErrCodeAuthorizationQuotaExceededFault = "AuthorizationQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeBatchDeleteRequestSizeExceededFault for service response error code
	// "BatchDeleteRequestSizeExceeded".
	//
	// The maximum number for a batch delete of snapshots has been reached. The
	// limit is 100.
	ErrCodeBatchDeleteRequestSizeExceededFault = "BatchDeleteRequestSizeExceeded"

	// ErrCodeBatchModifyClusterSnapshotsLimitExceededFault for service response error code
	// "BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsLimitExceededFault".
	//
	// The maximum number for snapshot identifiers has been reached. The limit is
	// 100.
	ErrCodeBatchModifyClusterSnapshotsLimitExceededFault = "BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsLimitExceededFault"

	// ErrCodeBucketNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "BucketNotFoundFault".
	//
	// Could not find the specified S3 bucket.
	ErrCodeBucketNotFoundFault = "BucketNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeClusterAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterAlreadyExists".
	//
	// The account already has a cluster with the given identifier.
	ErrCodeClusterAlreadyExistsFault = "ClusterAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterNotFound".
	//
	// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
	ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault = "ClusterNotFound"

	// ErrCodeClusterOnLatestRevisionFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterOnLatestRevision".
	//
	// Cluster is already on the latest database revision.
	ErrCodeClusterOnLatestRevisionFault = "ClusterOnLatestRevision"

	// ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterParameterGroupAlreadyExists".
	//
	// A cluster parameter group with the same name already exists.
	ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault = "ClusterParameterGroupAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound".
	//
	// The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.
	ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault = "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound"

	// ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterParameterGroupQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster
	// parameter groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits
	// in Amazon Redshift (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault = "ClusterParameterGroupQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeClusterQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// The request would exceed the allowed number of cluster instances for this
	// account. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon
	// Redshift (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ErrCodeClusterQuotaExceededFault = "ClusterQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterSecurityGroupAlreadyExists".
	//
	// A cluster security group with the same name already exists.
	ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupAlreadyExistsFault = "ClusterSecurityGroupAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound".
	//
	// The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security
	// group.
	ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault = "ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound"

	// ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "QuotaExceeded.ClusterSecurityGroup".
	//
	// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster
	// security groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits
	// in Amazon Redshift (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault = "QuotaExceeded.ClusterSecurityGroup"

	// ErrCodeClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterSnapshotAlreadyExists".
	//
	// The value specified as a snapshot identifier is already used by an existing
	// snapshot.
	ErrCodeClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault = "ClusterSnapshotAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterSnapshotNotFound".
	//
	// The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot.
	ErrCodeClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault = "ClusterSnapshotNotFound"

	// ErrCodeClusterSnapshotQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterSnapshotQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster
	// snapshots.
	ErrCodeClusterSnapshotQuotaExceededFault = "ClusterSnapshotQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterSubnetGroupAlreadyExists".
	//
	// A ClusterSubnetGroupName is already used by an existing cluster subnet group.
	ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault = "ClusterSubnetGroupAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault".
	//
	// The cluster subnet group name does not refer to an existing cluster subnet
	// group.
	ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault = "ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterSubnetGroupQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// The request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of cluster
	// subnet groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits
	// in Amazon Redshift (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault = "ClusterSubnetGroupQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault".
	//
	// The request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of subnets
	// in a cluster subnet groups. For information about increasing your quota,
	// go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ErrCodeClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault = "ClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault"

	// ErrCodeCopyToRegionDisabledFault for service response error code
	// "CopyToRegionDisabledFault".
	//
	// Cross-region snapshot copy was temporarily disabled. Try your request again.
	ErrCodeCopyToRegionDisabledFault = "CopyToRegionDisabledFault"

	// ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault for service response error code
	// "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault".
	//
	// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling
	// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.
	ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault = "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault"

	// ErrCodeDependentServiceUnavailableFault for service response error code
	// "DependentServiceUnavailableFault".
	//
	// Your request cannot be completed because a dependent internal service is
	// temporarily unavailable. Wait 30 to 60 seconds and try again.
	ErrCodeDependentServiceUnavailableFault = "DependentServiceUnavailableFault"

	// ErrCodeEventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// The request would exceed the allowed number of event subscriptions for this
	// account. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon
	// Redshift (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ErrCodeEventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault = "EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "HsmClientCertificateAlreadyExistsFault".
	//
	// There is already an existing Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with
	// the specified identifier.
	ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateAlreadyExistsFault = "HsmClientCertificateAlreadyExistsFault"

	// ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault".
	//
	// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with the specified identifier.
	ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault = "HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "HsmClientCertificateQuotaExceededFault".
	//
	// The quota for HSM client certificates has been reached. For information about
	// increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateQuotaExceededFault = "HsmClientCertificateQuotaExceededFault"

	// ErrCodeHsmConfigurationAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "HsmConfigurationAlreadyExistsFault".
	//
	// There is already an existing Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified
	// identifier.
	ErrCodeHsmConfigurationAlreadyExistsFault = "HsmConfigurationAlreadyExistsFault"

	// ErrCodeHsmConfigurationNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault".
	//
	// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified identifier.
	ErrCodeHsmConfigurationNotFoundFault = "HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeHsmConfigurationQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "HsmConfigurationQuotaExceededFault".
	//
	// The quota for HSM configurations has been reached. For information about
	// increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ErrCodeHsmConfigurationQuotaExceededFault = "HsmConfigurationQuotaExceededFault"

	// ErrCodeInProgressTableRestoreQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "InProgressTableRestoreQuotaExceededFault".
	//
	// You have exceeded the allowed number of table restore requests. Wait for
	// your current table restore requests to complete before making a new request.
	ErrCodeInProgressTableRestoreQuotaExceededFault = "InProgressTableRestoreQuotaExceededFault"

	// ErrCodeIncompatibleOrderableOptions for service response error code
	// "IncompatibleOrderableOptions".
	//
	// The specified options are incompatible.
	ErrCodeIncompatibleOrderableOptions = "IncompatibleOrderableOptions"

	// ErrCodeInsufficientClusterCapacityFault for service response error code
	// "InsufficientClusterCapacity".
	//
	// The number of nodes specified exceeds the allotted capacity of the cluster.
	ErrCodeInsufficientClusterCapacityFault = "InsufficientClusterCapacity"

	// ErrCodeInsufficientS3BucketPolicyFault for service response error code
	// "InsufficientS3BucketPolicyFault".
	//
	// The cluster does not have read bucket or put object permissions on the S3
	// bucket specified when enabling logging.
	ErrCodeInsufficientS3BucketPolicyFault = "InsufficientS3BucketPolicyFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidClusterParameterGroupStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidClusterParameterGroupState".
	//
	// The cluster parameter group action can not be completed because another task
	// is in progress that involves the parameter group. Wait a few moments and
	// try the operation again.
	ErrCodeInvalidClusterParameterGroupStateFault = "InvalidClusterParameterGroupState"

	// ErrCodeInvalidClusterSecurityGroupStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidClusterSecurityGroupState".
	//
	// The state of the cluster security group is not available.
	ErrCodeInvalidClusterSecurityGroupStateFault = "InvalidClusterSecurityGroupState"

	// ErrCodeInvalidClusterSnapshotScheduleStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidClusterSnapshotScheduleState".
	//
	// The cluster snapshot schedule state is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidClusterSnapshotScheduleStateFault = "InvalidClusterSnapshotScheduleState"

	// ErrCodeInvalidClusterSnapshotStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidClusterSnapshotState".
	//
	// The specified cluster snapshot is not in the available state, or other accounts
	// are authorized to access the snapshot.
	ErrCodeInvalidClusterSnapshotStateFault = "InvalidClusterSnapshotState"

	// ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidClusterState".
	//
	// The specified cluster is not in the available state.
	ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault = "InvalidClusterState"

	// ErrCodeInvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault".
	//
	// The cluster subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use.
	ErrCodeInvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault = "InvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidClusterSubnetStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidClusterSubnetStateFault".
	//
	// The state of the subnet is invalid.
	ErrCodeInvalidClusterSubnetStateFault = "InvalidClusterSubnetStateFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidClusterTrackFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidClusterTrack".
	//
	// The provided cluster track name is not valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidClusterTrackFault = "InvalidClusterTrack"

	// ErrCodeInvalidElasticIpFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidElasticIpFault".
	//
	// The Elastic IP (EIP) is invalid or cannot be found.
	ErrCodeInvalidElasticIpFault = "InvalidElasticIpFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidHsmClientCertificateStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidHsmClientCertificateStateFault".
	//
	// The specified HSM client certificate is not in the available state, or it
	// is still in use by one or more Amazon Redshift clusters.
	ErrCodeInvalidHsmClientCertificateStateFault = "InvalidHsmClientCertificateStateFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidHsmConfigurationStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidHsmConfigurationStateFault".
	//
	// The specified HSM configuration is not in the available state, or it is still
	// in use by one or more Amazon Redshift clusters.
	ErrCodeInvalidHsmConfigurationStateFault = "InvalidHsmConfigurationStateFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidReservedNodeStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidReservedNodeState".
	//
	// Indicates that the Reserved Node being exchanged is not in an active state.
	ErrCodeInvalidReservedNodeStateFault = "InvalidReservedNodeState"

	// ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidRestore".
	//
	// The restore is invalid.
	ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault = "InvalidRestore"

	// ErrCodeInvalidRetentionPeriodFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidRetentionPeriodFault".
	//
	// The retention period specified is either in the past or is not a valid value.
	//
	// The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653.
	ErrCodeInvalidRetentionPeriodFault = "InvalidRetentionPeriodFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidS3BucketNameFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidS3BucketNameFault".
	//
	// The S3 bucket name is invalid. For more information about naming rules, go
	// to Bucket Restrictions and Limitations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/BucketRestrictions.html)
	// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) Developer Guide.
	ErrCodeInvalidS3BucketNameFault = "InvalidS3BucketNameFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidS3KeyPrefixFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidS3KeyPrefixFault".
	//
	// The string specified for the logging S3 key prefix does not comply with the
	// documented constraints.
	ErrCodeInvalidS3KeyPrefixFault = "InvalidS3KeyPrefixFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidScheduleFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidSchedule".
	//
	// The schedule you submitted isn't valid.
	ErrCodeInvalidScheduleFault = "InvalidSchedule"

	// ErrCodeInvalidSnapshotCopyGrantStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidSnapshotCopyGrantStateFault".
	//
	// The snapshot copy grant can't be deleted because it is used by one or more
	// clusters.
	ErrCodeInvalidSnapshotCopyGrantStateFault = "InvalidSnapshotCopyGrantStateFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidSubnet for service response error code
	// "InvalidSubnet".
	//
	// The requested subnet is not valid, or not all of the subnets are in the same
	// VPC.
	ErrCodeInvalidSubnet = "InvalidSubnet"

	// ErrCodeInvalidSubscriptionStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidSubscriptionStateFault".
	//
	// The subscription request is invalid because it is a duplicate request. This
	// subscription request is already in progress.
	ErrCodeInvalidSubscriptionStateFault = "InvalidSubscriptionStateFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidTableRestoreArgumentFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidTableRestoreArgument".
	//
	// The value specified for the sourceDatabaseName, sourceSchemaName, or sourceTableName
	// parameter, or a combination of these, doesn't exist in the snapshot.
	ErrCodeInvalidTableRestoreArgumentFault = "InvalidTableRestoreArgument"

	// ErrCodeInvalidTagFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidTagFault".
	//
	// The tag is invalid.
	ErrCodeInvalidTagFault = "InvalidTagFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault".
	//
	// The cluster subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones.
	ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault = "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"

	// ErrCodeLimitExceededFault for service response error code
	// "LimitExceededFault".
	//
	// The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in AWS KMS.
	ErrCodeLimitExceededFault = "LimitExceededFault"

	// ErrCodeNumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceededFault for service response error code
	// "NumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceeded".
	//
	// The operation would exceed the number of nodes allowed for a cluster.
	ErrCodeNumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceededFault = "NumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceeded"

	// ErrCodeNumberOfNodesQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "NumberOfNodesQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// The operation would exceed the number of nodes allotted to the account. For
	// information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ErrCodeNumberOfNodesQuotaExceededFault = "NumberOfNodesQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeReservedNodeAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "ReservedNodeAlreadyExists".
	//
	// User already has a reservation with the given identifier.
	ErrCodeReservedNodeAlreadyExistsFault = "ReservedNodeAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeReservedNodeAlreadyMigratedFault for service response error code
	// "ReservedNodeAlreadyMigrated".
	//
	// Indicates that the reserved node has already been exchanged.
	ErrCodeReservedNodeAlreadyMigratedFault = "ReservedNodeAlreadyMigrated"

	// ErrCodeReservedNodeNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "ReservedNodeNotFound".
	//
	// The specified reserved compute node not found.
	ErrCodeReservedNodeNotFoundFault = "ReservedNodeNotFound"

	// ErrCodeReservedNodeOfferingNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "ReservedNodeOfferingNotFound".
	//
	// Specified offering does not exist.
	ErrCodeReservedNodeOfferingNotFoundFault = "ReservedNodeOfferingNotFound"

	// ErrCodeReservedNodeQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "ReservedNodeQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// Request would exceed the user's compute node quota. For information about
	// increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ErrCodeReservedNodeQuotaExceededFault = "ReservedNodeQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeResizeNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "ResizeNotFound".
	//
	// A resize operation for the specified cluster is not found.
	ErrCodeResizeNotFoundFault = "ResizeNotFound"

	// ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "ResourceNotFoundFault".
	//
	// The resource could not be found.
	ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault = "ResourceNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault for service response error code
	// "SNSInvalidTopic".
	//
	// Amazon SNS has responded that there is a problem with the specified Amazon
	// SNS topic.
	ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault = "SNSInvalidTopic"

	// ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault for service response error code
	// "SNSNoAuthorization".
	//
	// You do not have permission to publish to the specified Amazon SNS topic.
	ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault = "SNSNoAuthorization"

	// ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "SNSTopicArnNotFound".
	//
	// An Amazon SNS topic with the specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) does not
	// exist.
	ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault = "SNSTopicArnNotFound"

	// ErrCodeScheduleDefinitionTypeUnsupportedFault for service response error code
	// "ScheduleDefinitionTypeUnsupported".
	//
	// The definition you submitted is not supported.
	ErrCodeScheduleDefinitionTypeUnsupportedFault = "ScheduleDefinitionTypeUnsupported"

	// ErrCodeSnapshotCopyAlreadyDisabledFault for service response error code
	// "SnapshotCopyAlreadyDisabledFault".
	//
	// The cluster already has cross-region snapshot copy disabled.
	ErrCodeSnapshotCopyAlreadyDisabledFault = "SnapshotCopyAlreadyDisabledFault"

	// ErrCodeSnapshotCopyAlreadyEnabledFault for service response error code
	// "SnapshotCopyAlreadyEnabledFault".
	//
	// The cluster already has cross-region snapshot copy enabled.
	ErrCodeSnapshotCopyAlreadyEnabledFault = "SnapshotCopyAlreadyEnabledFault"

	// ErrCodeSnapshotCopyDisabledFault for service response error code
	// "SnapshotCopyDisabledFault".
	//
	// Cross-region snapshot copy was temporarily disabled. Try your request again.
	ErrCodeSnapshotCopyDisabledFault = "SnapshotCopyDisabledFault"

	// ErrCodeSnapshotCopyGrantAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "SnapshotCopyGrantAlreadyExistsFault".
	//
	// The snapshot copy grant can't be created because a grant with the same name
	// already exists.
	ErrCodeSnapshotCopyGrantAlreadyExistsFault = "SnapshotCopyGrantAlreadyExistsFault"

	// ErrCodeSnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "SnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault".
	//
	// The specified snapshot copy grant can't be found. Make sure that the name
	// is typed correctly and that the grant exists in the destination region.
	ErrCodeSnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault = "SnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeSnapshotCopyGrantQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "SnapshotCopyGrantQuotaExceededFault".
	//
	// The AWS account has exceeded the maximum number of snapshot copy grants in
	// this region.
	ErrCodeSnapshotCopyGrantQuotaExceededFault = "SnapshotCopyGrantQuotaExceededFault"

	// ErrCodeSnapshotScheduleAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "SnapshotScheduleAlreadyExists".
	//
	// The specified snapshot schedule already exists.
	ErrCodeSnapshotScheduleAlreadyExistsFault = "SnapshotScheduleAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeSnapshotScheduleNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "SnapshotScheduleNotFound".
	//
	// We could not find the specified snapshot schedule.
	ErrCodeSnapshotScheduleNotFoundFault = "SnapshotScheduleNotFound"

	// ErrCodeSnapshotScheduleQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "SnapshotScheduleQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// You have exceeded the quota of snapshot schedules.
	ErrCodeSnapshotScheduleQuotaExceededFault = "SnapshotScheduleQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeSnapshotScheduleUpdateInProgressFault for service response error code
	// "SnapshotScheduleUpdateInProgress".
	//
	// The specified snapshot schedule is already being updated.
	ErrCodeSnapshotScheduleUpdateInProgressFault = "SnapshotScheduleUpdateInProgress"

	// ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "SourceNotFound".
	//
	// The specified Amazon Redshift event source could not be found.
	ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault = "SourceNotFound"

	// ErrCodeSubnetAlreadyInUse for service response error code
	// "SubnetAlreadyInUse".
	//
	// A specified subnet is already in use by another cluster.
	ErrCodeSubnetAlreadyInUse = "SubnetAlreadyInUse"

	// ErrCodeSubscriptionAlreadyExistFault for service response error code
	// "SubscriptionAlreadyExist".
	//
	// There is already an existing event notification subscription with the specified
	// name.
	ErrCodeSubscriptionAlreadyExistFault = "SubscriptionAlreadyExist"

	// ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound".
	//
	// The value specified for the event category was not one of the allowed values,
	// or it specified a category that does not apply to the specified source type.
	// The allowed values are Configuration, Management, Monitoring, and Security.
	ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault = "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound"

	// ErrCodeSubscriptionEventIdNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "SubscriptionEventIdNotFound".
	//
	// An Amazon Redshift event with the specified event ID does not exist.
	ErrCodeSubscriptionEventIdNotFoundFault = "SubscriptionEventIdNotFound"

	// ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "SubscriptionNotFound".
	//
	// An Amazon Redshift event notification subscription with the specified name
	// does not exist.
	ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault = "SubscriptionNotFound"

	// ErrCodeSubscriptionSeverityNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "SubscriptionSeverityNotFound".
	//
	// The value specified for the event severity was not one of the allowed values,
	// or it specified a severity that does not apply to the specified source type.
	// The allowed values are ERROR and INFO.
	ErrCodeSubscriptionSeverityNotFoundFault = "SubscriptionSeverityNotFound"

	// ErrCodeTableLimitExceededFault for service response error code
	// "TableLimitExceeded".
	//
	// The number of tables in the cluster exceeds the limit for the requested new
	// cluster node type.
	ErrCodeTableLimitExceededFault = "TableLimitExceeded"

	// ErrCodeTableRestoreNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "TableRestoreNotFoundFault".
	//
	// The specified TableRestoreRequestId value was not found.
	ErrCodeTableRestoreNotFoundFault = "TableRestoreNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault for service response error code
	// "TagLimitExceededFault".
	//
	// You have exceeded the number of tags allowed.
	ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault = "TagLimitExceededFault"

	// ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation for service response error code
	// "UnauthorizedOperation".
	//
	// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.
	ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation = "UnauthorizedOperation"

	// ErrCodeUnknownSnapshotCopyRegionFault for service response error code
	// "UnknownSnapshotCopyRegionFault".
	//
	// The specified region is incorrect or does not exist.
	ErrCodeUnknownSnapshotCopyRegionFault = "UnknownSnapshotCopyRegionFault"

	// ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationFault for service response error code
	// "UnsupportedOperation".
	//
	// The requested operation isn't supported.
	ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationFault = "UnsupportedOperation"

	// ErrCodeUnsupportedOptionFault for service response error code
	// "UnsupportedOptionFault".
	//
	// A request option was specified that is not supported.
	ErrCodeUnsupportedOptionFault = "UnsupportedOptionFault"
)

Variables

This section is empty.

Functions

This section is empty.

Types

type AcceptReservedNodeExchangeInput added in v0.5.0 

type AcceptReservedNodeExchangeInput struct {

	// A string representing the node identifier of the DC1 Reserved Node to be
	// exchanged.
	//
	// ReservedNodeId is a required field
	ReservedNodeId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The unique identifier of the DC2 Reserved Node offering to be used for the
	// exchange. You can obtain the value for the parameter by calling GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings
	//
	// TargetReservedNodeOfferingId is a required field
	TargetReservedNodeOfferingId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AcceptReservedNodeExchangeInput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s AcceptReservedNodeExchangeInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AcceptReservedNodeExchangeInput) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *AcceptReservedNodeExchangeInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AcceptReservedNodeExchangeOutput added in v0.5.0 

type AcceptReservedNodeExchangeOutput struct {

	// Describes a reserved node. You can call the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings
	// API to obtain the available reserved node offerings.
	ExchangedReservedNode *ReservedNode `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AcceptReservedNodeExchangeOutput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s AcceptReservedNodeExchangeOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AcceptReservedNodeExchangeRequest added in v0.5.0 

type AcceptReservedNodeExchangeRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *AcceptReservedNodeExchangeInput
	Copy  func(*AcceptReservedNodeExchangeInput) AcceptReservedNodeExchangeRequest
}

AcceptReservedNodeExchangeRequest is the request type for the AcceptReservedNodeExchange API operation.

func (AcceptReservedNodeExchangeRequest) Send added in v0.5.0 

func (r AcceptReservedNodeExchangeRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*AcceptReservedNodeExchangeResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the AcceptReservedNodeExchange API request.

type AcceptReservedNodeExchangeResponse added in v0.9.0 

type AcceptReservedNodeExchangeResponse struct {
	*AcceptReservedNodeExchangeOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AcceptReservedNodeExchangeResponse is the response type for the AcceptReservedNodeExchange API operation.

func (*AcceptReservedNodeExchangeResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *AcceptReservedNodeExchangeResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the AcceptReservedNodeExchange request.

type AccountAttribute added in v0.6.0 

type AccountAttribute struct {

	// The name of the attribute.
	AttributeName *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of attribute values.
	AttributeValues []AttributeValueTarget `locationNameList:"AttributeValueTarget" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A name value pair that describes an aspect of an account.

func (AccountAttribute) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s AccountAttribute) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AccountWithRestoreAccess 

type AccountWithRestoreAccess struct {

	// The identifier of an AWS support account authorized to restore a snapshot.
	// For AWS support, the identifier is amazon-redshift-support.
	AccountAlias *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier of an AWS customer account authorized to restore a snapshot.
	AccountId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes an AWS customer account authorized to restore a snapshot.

func (AccountWithRestoreAccess) String 

func (s AccountWithRestoreAccess) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ActionType added in v0.13.0 

type ActionType string
const (
	ActionTypeRestoreCluster ActionType = "restore-cluster"
)

Enum values for ActionType

func (ActionType) MarshalValue added in v0.13.0 

func (enum ActionType) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ActionType) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.13.0 

func (enum ActionType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type AttributeValueTarget added in v0.6.0 

type AttributeValueTarget struct {

	// The value of the attribute.
	AttributeValue *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes an attribute value.

func (AttributeValueTarget) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s AttributeValueTarget) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput 

type AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {

	// The IP range to be added the Amazon Redshift security group.
	CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the security group to which the ingress rule is added.
	//
	// ClusterSecurityGroupName is a required field
	ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The EC2 security group to be added the Amazon Redshift security group.
	EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS account number of the owner of the security group specified by the
	// EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an acceptable
	// value.
	//
	// Example: 111122223333
	EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) String 

func (s AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate 

func (s *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput 

type AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {

	// Describes a security group.
	ClusterSecurityGroup *ClusterSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String 

func (s AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest 

type AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput
	Copy  func(*AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest
}

AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest is the request type for the AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress API operation.

func (AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest) Send 

func (r AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress API request.

type AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse added in v0.9.0 

type AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse struct {
	*AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse is the response type for the AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress API operation.

func (*AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress request.

type AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput 

type AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput struct {

	// The identifier of the AWS customer account authorized to restore the specified
	// snapshot.
	//
	// To share a snapshot with AWS support, specify amazon-redshift-support.
	//
	// AccountWithRestoreAccess is a required field
	AccountWithRestoreAccess *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This parameter
	// is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot resource
	// element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
	SnapshotClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier of the snapshot the account is authorized to restore.
	//
	// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) String 

func (s AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) Validate 

func (s *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput 

type AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput struct {

	// Describes a snapshot.
	Snapshot *Snapshot `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput) String 

func (s AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest 

type AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput
	Copy  func(*AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest
}

AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest is the request type for the AuthorizeSnapshotAccess API operation.

func (AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest) Send 

func (r AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the AuthorizeSnapshotAccess API request.

type AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse added in v0.9.0 

type AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse struct {
	*AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse is the response type for the AuthorizeSnapshotAccess API operation.

func (*AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the AuthorizeSnapshotAccess request.

type AvailabilityZone 

type AvailabilityZone struct {

	// The name of the availability zone.
	Name *string `type:"string"`

	SupportedPlatforms []SupportedPlatform `locationNameList:"SupportedPlatform" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes an availability zone.

func (AvailabilityZone) String 

func (s AvailabilityZone) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsInput added in v0.6.0 

type BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsInput struct {

	// A list of identifiers for the snapshots that you want to delete.
	//
	// Identifiers is a required field
	Identifiers []DeleteClusterSnapshotMessage `locationNameList:"DeleteClusterSnapshotMessage" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsInput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsInput) Validate added in v0.6.0 

func (s *BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsOutput added in v0.6.0 

type BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsOutput struct {

	// A list of any errors returned.
	Errors []SnapshotErrorMessage `locationNameList:"SnapshotErrorMessage" type:"list"`

	// A list of the snapshot identifiers that were deleted.
	Resources []string `locationNameList:"String" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsOutput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsRequest added in v0.6.0 

type BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsInput
	Copy  func(*BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsInput) BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsRequest
}

BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsRequest is the request type for the BatchDeleteClusterSnapshots API operation.

func (BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsRequest) Send added in v0.6.0 

func (r BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the BatchDeleteClusterSnapshots API request.

type BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsResponse struct {
	*BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsResponse is the response type for the BatchDeleteClusterSnapshots API operation.

func (*BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the BatchDeleteClusterSnapshots request.

type BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsInput added in v0.6.0 

type BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsInput struct {

	// A boolean value indicating whether to override an exception if the retention
	// period has passed.
	Force *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The number of days that a manual snapshot is retained. If you specify the
	// value -1, the manual snapshot is retained indefinitely.
	//
	// The number must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653.
	//
	// If you decrease the manual snapshot retention period from its current value,
	// existing manual snapshots that fall outside of the new retention period will
	// return an error. If you want to suppress the errors and delete the snapshots,
	// use the force option.
	ManualSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A list of snapshot identifiers you want to modify.
	//
	// SnapshotIdentifierList is a required field
	SnapshotIdentifierList []string `locationNameList:"String" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsInput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsInput) Validate added in v0.6.0 

func (s *BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsOutput added in v0.6.0 

type BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsOutput struct {

	// A list of any errors returned.
	Errors []SnapshotErrorMessage `locationNameList:"SnapshotErrorMessage" type:"list"`

	// A list of the snapshots that were modified.
	Resources []string `locationNameList:"String" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsOutput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsRequest added in v0.6.0 

type BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsInput
	Copy  func(*BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsInput) BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsRequest
}

BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsRequest is the request type for the BatchModifyClusterSnapshots API operation.

func (BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsRequest) Send added in v0.6.0 

func (r BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the BatchModifyClusterSnapshots API request.

type BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsResponse struct {
	*BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsResponse is the response type for the BatchModifyClusterSnapshots API operation.

func (*BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the BatchModifyClusterSnapshots request.

type CancelResizeInput added in v0.6.0 

type CancelResizeInput struct {

	// The unique identifier for the cluster that you want to cancel a resize operation
	// for.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CancelResizeInput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s CancelResizeInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CancelResizeInput) Validate added in v0.6.0 

func (s *CancelResizeInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CancelResizeOutput added in v0.9.0 

type CancelResizeOutput struct {

	// The average rate of the resize operation over the last few minutes, measured
	// in megabytes per second. After the resize operation completes, this value
	// shows the average rate of the entire resize operation.
	AvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The percent of data transferred from source cluster to target cluster.
	DataTransferProgressPercent *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The amount of seconds that have elapsed since the resize operation began.
	// After the resize operation completes, this value shows the total actual time,
	// in seconds, for the resize operation.
	ElapsedTimeInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The estimated time remaining, in seconds, until the resize operation is complete.
	// This value is calculated based on the average resize rate and the estimated
	// amount of data remaining to be processed. Once the resize operation is complete,
	// this value will be 0.
	EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The names of tables that have been completely imported .
	//
	// Valid Values: List of table names.
	ImportTablesCompleted []string `type:"list"`

	// The names of tables that are being currently imported.
	//
	// Valid Values: List of table names.
	ImportTablesInProgress []string `type:"list"`

	// The names of tables that have not been yet imported.
	//
	// Valid Values: List of table names
	ImportTablesNotStarted []string `type:"list"`

	// An optional string to provide additional details about the resize action.
	Message *string `type:"string"`

	// While the resize operation is in progress, this value shows the current amount
	// of data, in megabytes, that has been processed so far. When the resize operation
	// is complete, this value shows the total amount of data, in megabytes, on
	// the cluster, which may be more or less than TotalResizeDataInMegaBytes (the
	// estimated total amount of data before resize).
	ProgressInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`

	// An enum with possible values of ClassicResize and ElasticResize. These values
	// describe the type of resize operation being performed.
	ResizeType *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the resize operation.
	//
	// Valid Values: NONE | IN_PROGRESS | FAILED | SUCCEEDED | CANCELLING
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The cluster type after the resize operation is complete.
	//
	// Valid Values: multi-node | single-node
	TargetClusterType *string `type:"string"`

	// The type of encryption for the cluster after the resize is complete.
	//
	// Possible values are KMS and None. In the China region possible values are:
	// Legacy and None.
	TargetEncryptionType *string `type:"string"`

	// The node type that the cluster will have after the resize operation is complete.
	TargetNodeType *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of nodes that the cluster will have after the resize operation
	// is complete.
	TargetNumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The estimated total amount of data, in megabytes, on the cluster before the
	// resize operation began.
	TotalResizeDataInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the result of a cluster resize operation.

func (CancelResizeOutput) String added in v0.9.0 

func (s CancelResizeOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CancelResizeRequest added in v0.6.0 

type CancelResizeRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CancelResizeInput
	Copy  func(*CancelResizeInput) CancelResizeRequest
}

CancelResizeRequest is the request type for the CancelResize API operation.

func (CancelResizeRequest) Send added in v0.6.0 

func (r CancelResizeRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CancelResizeResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CancelResize API request.

type CancelResizeResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CancelResizeResponse struct {
	*CancelResizeOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CancelResizeResponse is the response type for the CancelResize API operation.

func (*CancelResizeResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CancelResizeResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CancelResize request.

type Client added in v0.9.0 

type Client struct {
	*aws.Client
}

Client provides the API operation methods for making requests to Amazon Redshift. See this package's package overview docs for details on the service.

The client's methods are safe to use concurrently. It is not safe to modify mutate any of the struct's properties though.

func New 

func New(config aws.Config) *Client

New creates a new instance of the client from the provided Config.

Example: 

// Create a client from just a config.
svc := redshift.New(myConfig)

func (*Client) AcceptReservedNodeExchangeRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) AcceptReservedNodeExchangeRequest(input *AcceptReservedNodeExchangeInput) AcceptReservedNodeExchangeRequest

AcceptReservedNodeExchangeRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Exchanges a DC1 Reserved Node for a DC2 Reserved Node with no changes to the configuration (term, payment type, or number of nodes) and no additional costs. 

// Example sending a request using AcceptReservedNodeExchangeRequest.
req := client.AcceptReservedNodeExchangeRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/AcceptReservedNodeExchange

func (*Client) AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest

AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Adds an inbound (ingress) rule to an Amazon Redshift security group. Depending on whether the application accessing your cluster is running on the Internet or an Amazon EC2 instance, you can authorize inbound access to either a Classless Interdomain Routing (CIDR)/Internet Protocol (IP) range or to an Amazon EC2 security group. You can add as many as 20 ingress rules to an Amazon Redshift security group.

If you authorize access to an Amazon EC2 security group, specify EC2SecurityGroupName and EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId. The Amazon EC2 security group and Amazon Redshift cluster must be in the same AWS Region.

If you authorize access to a CIDR/IP address range, specify CIDRIP. For an overview of CIDR blocks, see the Wikipedia article on Classless Inter-Domain Routing (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing).

You must also associate the security group with a cluster so that clients running on these IP addresses or the EC2 instance are authorized to connect to the cluster. For information about managing security groups, go to Working with Security Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. 

// Example sending a request using AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest.
req := client.AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress

func (*Client) AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest(input *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest

AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Authorizes the specified AWS customer account to restore the specified snapshot.

For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift Snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. 

// Example sending a request using AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest.
req := client.AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/AuthorizeSnapshotAccess

func (*Client) BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsRequest(input *BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsInput) BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsRequest

BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Deletes a set of cluster snapshots. 

// Example sending a request using BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsRequest.
req := client.BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/BatchDeleteClusterSnapshots

func (*Client) BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsRequest(input *BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsInput) BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsRequest

BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Modifies the settings for a list of snapshots. 

// Example sending a request using BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsRequest.
req := client.BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/BatchModifyClusterSnapshots

func (*Client) CancelResizeRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CancelResizeRequest(input *CancelResizeInput) CancelResizeRequest

CancelResizeRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Cancels a resize operation. 

// Example sending a request using CancelResizeRequest.
req := client.CancelResizeRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CancelResize

func (*Client) CopyClusterSnapshotRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CopyClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CopyClusterSnapshotInput) CopyClusterSnapshotRequest

CopyClusterSnapshotRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Copies the specified automated cluster snapshot to a new manual cluster snapshot. The source must be an automated snapshot and it must be in the available state.

When you delete a cluster, Amazon Redshift deletes any automated snapshots of the cluster. Also, when the retention period of the snapshot expires, Amazon Redshift automatically deletes it. If you want to keep an automated snapshot for a longer period, you can make a manual copy of the snapshot. Manual snapshots are retained until you delete them.

For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift Snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. 

// Example sending a request using CopyClusterSnapshotRequest.
req := client.CopyClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CopyClusterSnapshot

func (*Client) CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest

CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Creates an Amazon Redshift parameter group.

Creating parameter groups is independent of creating clusters. You can associate a cluster with a parameter group when you create the cluster. You can also associate an existing cluster with a parameter group after the cluster is created by using ModifyCluster.

Parameters in the parameter group define specific behavior that applies to the databases you create on the cluster. For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. 

// Example sending a request using CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest.
req := client.CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterParameterGroup

func (*Client) CreateClusterRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateClusterRequest(input *CreateClusterInput) CreateClusterRequest

CreateClusterRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Creates a new cluster.

To create a cluster in Virtual Private Cloud (VPC), you must provide a cluster subnet group name. The cluster subnet group identifies the subnets of your VPC that Amazon Redshift uses when creating the cluster. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. 

// Example sending a request using CreateClusterRequest.
req := client.CreateClusterRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateCluster

func (*Client) CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest(input *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest

CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Creates a new Amazon Redshift security group. You use security groups to control access to non-VPC clusters.

For information about managing security groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. 

// Example sending a request using CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest.
req := client.CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSecurityGroup

func (*Client) CreateClusterSnapshotRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CreateClusterSnapshotInput) CreateClusterSnapshotRequest

CreateClusterSnapshotRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Creates a manual snapshot of the specified cluster. The cluster must be in the available state.

For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift Snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. 

// Example sending a request using CreateClusterSnapshotRequest.
req := client.CreateClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSnapshot

func (*Client) CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest

CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Creates a new Amazon Redshift subnet group. You must provide a list of one or more subnets in your existing Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC) when creating Amazon Redshift subnet group.

For information about subnet groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Subnet Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-cluster-subnet-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. 

// Example sending a request using CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest.
req := client.CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSubnetGroup

func (*Client) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest

CreateEventSubscriptionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Creates an Amazon Redshift event notification subscription. This action requires an ARN (Amazon Resource Name) of an Amazon SNS topic created by either the Amazon Redshift console, the Amazon SNS console, or the Amazon SNS API. To obtain an ARN with Amazon SNS, you must create a topic in Amazon SNS and subscribe to the topic. The ARN is displayed in the SNS console.

You can specify the source type, and lists of Amazon Redshift source IDs, event categories, and event severities. Notifications will be sent for all events you want that match those criteria. For example, you can specify source type = cluster, source ID = my-cluster-1 and mycluster2, event categories = Availability, Backup, and severity = ERROR. The subscription will only send notifications for those ERROR events in the Availability and Backup categories for the specified clusters.

If you specify both the source type and source IDs, such as source type = cluster and source identifier = my-cluster-1, notifications will be sent for all the cluster events for my-cluster-1. If you specify a source type but do not specify a source identifier, you will receive notice of the events for the objects of that type in your AWS account. If you do not specify either the SourceType nor the SourceIdentifier, you will be notified of events generated from all Amazon Redshift sources belonging to your AWS account. You must specify a source type if you specify a source ID. 

// Example sending a request using CreateEventSubscriptionRequest.
req := client.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateEventSubscription

func (*Client) CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest(input *CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest

CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Creates an HSM client certificate that an Amazon Redshift cluster will use to connect to the client's HSM in order to store and retrieve the keys used to encrypt the cluster databases.

The command returns a public key, which you must store in the HSM. In addition to creating the HSM certificate, you must create an Amazon Redshift HSM configuration that provides a cluster the information needed to store and use encryption keys in the HSM. For more information, go to Hardware Security Modules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-HSM.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. 

// Example sending a request using CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest.
req := client.CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateHsmClientCertificate

func (*Client) CreateHsmConfigurationRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateHsmConfigurationRequest(input *CreateHsmConfigurationInput) CreateHsmConfigurationRequest

CreateHsmConfigurationRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Creates an HSM configuration that contains the information required by an Amazon Redshift cluster to store and use database encryption keys in a Hardware Security Module (HSM). After creating the HSM configuration, you can specify it as a parameter when creating a cluster. The cluster will then store its encryption keys in the HSM.

In addition to creating an HSM configuration, you must also create an HSM client certificate. For more information, go to Hardware Security Modules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-HSM.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. 

// Example sending a request using CreateHsmConfigurationRequest.
req := client.CreateHsmConfigurationRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateHsmConfiguration

func (*Client) CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(input *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest

CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Creates a snapshot copy grant that permits Amazon Redshift to use a customer master key (CMK) from AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) to encrypt copied snapshots in a destination region.

For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to Amazon Redshift Database Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. 

// Example sending a request using CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest.
req := client.CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateSnapshotCopyGrant

func (*Client) CreateSnapshotScheduleRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateSnapshotScheduleRequest(input *CreateSnapshotScheduleInput) CreateSnapshotScheduleRequest

CreateSnapshotScheduleRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Creates a new snapshot schedule. 

// Example sending a request using CreateSnapshotScheduleRequest.
req := client.CreateSnapshotScheduleRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateSnapshotSchedule

func (*Client) CreateTagsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateTagsRequest(input *CreateTagsInput) CreateTagsRequest

CreateTagsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Adds one or more tags to a specified resource.

A resource can have up to 50 tags. If you try to create more than 50 tags for a resource, you will receive an error and the attempt will fail.

If you specify a key that already exists for the resource, the value for that key will be updated with the new value. 

// Example sending a request using CreateTagsRequest.
req := client.CreateTagsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateTags

func (*Client) DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest

DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Deletes a specified Amazon Redshift parameter group.

You cannot delete a parameter group if it is associated with a cluster. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest.
req := client.DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterParameterGroup

func (*Client) DeleteClusterRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteClusterRequest(input *DeleteClusterInput) DeleteClusterRequest

DeleteClusterRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Deletes a previously provisioned cluster. A successful response from the web service indicates that the request was received correctly. Use DescribeClusters to monitor the status of the deletion. The delete operation cannot be canceled or reverted once submitted. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

If you want to shut down the cluster and retain it for future use, set SkipFinalClusterSnapshot to false and specify a name for FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier. You can later restore this snapshot to resume using the cluster. If a final cluster snapshot is requested, the status of the cluster will be "final-snapshot" while the snapshot is being taken, then it's "deleting" once Amazon Redshift begins deleting the cluster.

For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteClusterRequest.
req := client.DeleteClusterRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteCluster

func (*Client) DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest(input *DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest

DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Deletes an Amazon Redshift security group.

You cannot delete a security group that is associated with any clusters. You cannot delete the default security group.

For information about managing security groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest.
req := client.DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSecurityGroup

func (*Client) DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest

DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Deletes the specified manual snapshot. The snapshot must be in the available state, with no other users authorized to access the snapshot.

Unlike automated snapshots, manual snapshots are retained even after you delete your cluster. Amazon Redshift does not delete your manual snapshots. You must delete manual snapshot explicitly to avoid getting charged. If other accounts are authorized to access the snapshot, you must revoke all of the authorizations before you can delete the snapshot. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest.
req := client.DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSnapshot

func (*Client) DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input *DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest

DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Deletes the specified cluster subnet group. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest.
req := client.DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSubnetGroup

func (*Client) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest

DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Deletes an Amazon Redshift event notification subscription. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest.
req := client.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteEventSubscription

func (*Client) DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest(input *DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest

DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Deletes the specified HSM client certificate. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest.
req := client.DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteHsmClientCertificate

func (*Client) DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest

DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Deletes the specified Amazon Redshift HSM configuration. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest.
req := client.DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteHsmConfiguration

func (*Client) DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(input *DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest

DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Deletes the specified snapshot copy grant. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest.
req := client.DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant

func (*Client) DeleteSnapshotScheduleRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteSnapshotScheduleRequest(input *DeleteSnapshotScheduleInput) DeleteSnapshotScheduleRequest

DeleteSnapshotScheduleRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Deletes a snapshot schedule. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteSnapshotScheduleRequest.
req := client.DeleteSnapshotScheduleRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteSnapshotSchedule

func (*Client) DeleteTagsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteTagsRequest(input *DeleteTagsInput) DeleteTagsRequest

DeleteTagsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Deletes a tag or tags from a resource. You must provide the ARN of the resource from which you want to delete the tag or tags. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteTagsRequest.
req := client.DeleteTagsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteTags

func (*Client) DescribeAccountAttributesRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) DescribeAccountAttributesRequest

DescribeAccountAttributesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns a list of attributes attached to an account 

// Example sending a request using DescribeAccountAttributesRequest.
req := client.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeAccountAttributes

func (*Client) DescribeClusterDbRevisionsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeClusterDbRevisionsRequest(input *DescribeClusterDbRevisionsInput) DescribeClusterDbRevisionsRequest

DescribeClusterDbRevisionsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns an array of ClusterDbRevision objects. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeClusterDbRevisionsRequest.
req := client.DescribeClusterDbRevisionsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterDbRevisions

func (*Client) DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest

DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns a list of Amazon Redshift parameter groups, including parameter groups you created and the default parameter group. For each parameter group, the response includes the parameter group name, description, and parameter group family name. You can optionally specify a name to retrieve the description of a specific parameter group.

For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all parameter groups that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all parameter groups that have any combination of those values are returned.

If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, parameter groups are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest.
req := client.DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterParameterGroups

func (*Client) DescribeClusterParametersRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeClusterParametersInput) DescribeClusterParametersRequest

DescribeClusterParametersRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns a detailed list of parameters contained within the specified Amazon Redshift parameter group. For each parameter the response includes information such as parameter name, description, data type, value, whether the parameter value is modifiable, and so on.

You can specify source filter to retrieve parameters of only specific type. For example, to retrieve parameters that were modified by a user action such as from ModifyClusterParameterGroup, you can specify source equal to user.

For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeClusterParametersRequest.
req := client.DescribeClusterParametersRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterParameters

func (*Client) DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest(input *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest

DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns information about Amazon Redshift security groups. If the name of a security group is specified, the response will contain only information about only that security group.

For information about managing security groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all security groups that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all security groups that have any combination of those values are returned.

If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, security groups are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest.
req := client.DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterSecurityGroups

func (*Client) DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest

DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns one or more snapshot objects, which contain metadata about your cluster snapshots. By default, this operation returns information about all snapshots of all clusters that are owned by you AWS customer account. No information is returned for snapshots owned by inactive AWS customer accounts.

If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all snapshots that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all snapshots that have any combination of those values are returned. Only snapshots that you own are returned in the response; shared snapshots are not returned with the tag key and tag value request parameters.

If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, snapshots are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest.
req := client.DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterSnapshots

func (*Client) DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest

DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns one or more cluster subnet group objects, which contain metadata about your cluster subnet groups. By default, this operation returns information about all cluster subnet groups that are defined in you AWS account.

If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all subnet groups that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all subnet groups that have any combination of those values are returned.

If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, subnet groups are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest.
req := client.DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterSubnetGroups

func (*Client) DescribeClusterTracksRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeClusterTracksRequest(input *DescribeClusterTracksInput) DescribeClusterTracksRequest

DescribeClusterTracksRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns a list of all the available maintenance tracks. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeClusterTracksRequest.
req := client.DescribeClusterTracksRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterTracks

func (*Client) DescribeClusterVersionsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeClusterVersionsRequest(input *DescribeClusterVersionsInput) DescribeClusterVersionsRequest

DescribeClusterVersionsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns descriptions of the available Amazon Redshift cluster versions. You can call this operation even before creating any clusters to learn more about the Amazon Redshift versions. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeClusterVersionsRequest.
req := client.DescribeClusterVersionsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterVersions

func (*Client) DescribeClustersRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeClustersRequest(input *DescribeClustersInput) DescribeClustersRequest

DescribeClustersRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns properties of provisioned clusters including general cluster properties, cluster database properties, maintenance and backup properties, and security and access properties. This operation supports pagination. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all clusters that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all clusters that have any combination of those values are returned.

If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, clusters are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeClustersRequest.
req := client.DescribeClustersRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusters

func (*Client) DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest

DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns a list of parameter settings for the specified parameter group family.

For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest.
req := client.DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeDefaultClusterParameters

func (*Client) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest

DescribeEventCategoriesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Displays a list of event categories for all event source types, or for a specified source type. For a list of the event categories and source types, go to Amazon Redshift Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-event-notifications.html). 

// Example sending a request using DescribeEventCategoriesRequest.
req := client.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeEventCategories

func (*Client) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest

DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Lists descriptions of all the Amazon Redshift event notification subscriptions for a customer account. If you specify a subscription name, lists the description for that subscription.

If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all event notification subscriptions that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all subscriptions that have any combination of those values are returned.

If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, subscriptions are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest.
req := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeEventSubscriptions

func (*Client) DescribeEventsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeEventsRequest(input *DescribeEventsInput) DescribeEventsRequest

DescribeEventsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns events related to clusters, security groups, snapshots, and parameter groups for the past 14 days. Events specific to a particular cluster, security group, snapshot or parameter group can be obtained by providing the name as a parameter. By default, the past hour of events are returned. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeEventsRequest.
req := client.DescribeEventsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeEvents

func (*Client) DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest(input *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest

DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns information about the specified HSM client certificate. If no certificate ID is specified, returns information about all the HSM certificates owned by your AWS customer account.

If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all HSM client certificates that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all HSM client certificates that have any combination of those values are returned.

If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, HSM client certificates are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest.
req := client.DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeHsmClientCertificates

func (*Client) DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest(input *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest

DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns information about the specified Amazon Redshift HSM configuration. If no configuration ID is specified, returns information about all the HSM configurations owned by your AWS customer account.

If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all HSM connections that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all HSM connections that have any combination of those values are returned.

If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, HSM connections are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest.
req := client.DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeHsmConfigurations

func (*Client) DescribeLoggingStatusRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeLoggingStatusRequest(input *DescribeLoggingStatusInput) DescribeLoggingStatusRequest

DescribeLoggingStatusRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Describes whether information, such as queries and connection attempts, is being logged for the specified Amazon Redshift cluster. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeLoggingStatusRequest.
req := client.DescribeLoggingStatusRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeLoggingStatus

func (*Client) DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsRequest added in v0.13.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsRequest(input *DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsInput) DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsRequest

DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns properties of possible node configurations such as node type, number of nodes, and disk usage for the specified action type. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsRequest.
req := client.DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions

func (*Client) DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest

DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns a list of orderable cluster options. Before you create a new cluster you can use this operation to find what options are available, such as the EC2 Availability Zones (AZ) in the specific AWS Region that you can specify, and the node types you can request. The node types differ by available storage, memory, CPU and price. With the cost involved you might want to obtain a list of cluster options in the specific region and specify values when creating a cluster. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest.
req := client.DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeOrderableClusterOptions

func (*Client) DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest(input *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest

DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns a list of the available reserved node offerings by Amazon Redshift with their descriptions including the node type, the fixed and recurring costs of reserving the node and duration the node will be reserved for you. These descriptions help you determine which reserve node offering you want to purchase. You then use the unique offering ID in you call to PurchaseReservedNodeOffering to reserve one or more nodes for your Amazon Redshift cluster.

For more information about reserved node offerings, go to Purchasing Reserved Nodes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/purchase-reserved-node-instance.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest.
req := client.DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeReservedNodeOfferings

func (*Client) DescribeReservedNodesRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeReservedNodesRequest(input *DescribeReservedNodesInput) DescribeReservedNodesRequest

DescribeReservedNodesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns the descriptions of the reserved nodes. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeReservedNodesRequest.
req := client.DescribeReservedNodesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeReservedNodes

func (*Client) DescribeResizeRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeResizeRequest(input *DescribeResizeInput) DescribeResizeRequest

DescribeResizeRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns information about the last resize operation for the specified cluster. If no resize operation has ever been initiated for the specified cluster, a HTTP 404 error is returned. If a resize operation was initiated and completed, the status of the resize remains as SUCCEEDED until the next resize.

A resize operation can be requested using ModifyCluster and specifying a different number or type of nodes for the cluster. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeResizeRequest.
req := client.DescribeResizeRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeResize

func (*Client) DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest(input *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest

DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns a list of snapshot copy grants owned by the AWS account in the destination region.

For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to Amazon Redshift Database Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest.
req := client.DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants

func (*Client) DescribeSnapshotSchedulesRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeSnapshotSchedulesRequest(input *DescribeSnapshotSchedulesInput) DescribeSnapshotSchedulesRequest

DescribeSnapshotSchedulesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns a list of snapshot schedules. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeSnapshotSchedulesRequest.
req := client.DescribeSnapshotSchedulesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeSnapshotSchedules

func (*Client) DescribeStorageRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeStorageRequest(input *DescribeStorageInput) DescribeStorageRequest

DescribeStorageRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns the total amount of snapshot usage and provisioned storage in megabytes. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeStorageRequest.
req := client.DescribeStorageRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeStorage

func (*Client) DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest(input *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest

DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Lists the status of one or more table restore requests made using the RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot API action. If you don't specify a value for the TableRestoreRequestId parameter, then DescribeTableRestoreStatus returns the status of all table restore requests ordered by the date and time of the request in ascending order. Otherwise DescribeTableRestoreStatus returns the status of the table specified by TableRestoreRequestId. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest.
req := client.DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeTableRestoreStatus

func (*Client) DescribeTagsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeTagsRequest(input *DescribeTagsInput) DescribeTagsRequest

DescribeTagsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns a list of tags. You can return tags from a specific resource by specifying an ARN, or you can return all tags for a given type of resource, such as clusters, snapshots, and so on.

The following are limitations for DescribeTags:

  • You cannot specify an ARN and a resource-type value together in the same request.

  • You cannot use the MaxRecords and Marker parameters together with the ARN parameter.

  • The MaxRecords parameter can be a range from 10 to 50 results to return in a request.

If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all resources that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all resources that have any combination of those values are returned.

If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, resources are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeTagsRequest.
req := client.DescribeTagsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeTags

func (*Client) DisableLoggingRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DisableLoggingRequest(input *DisableLoggingInput) DisableLoggingRequest

DisableLoggingRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Stops logging information, such as queries and connection attempts, for the specified Amazon Redshift cluster. 

// Example sending a request using DisableLoggingRequest.
req := client.DisableLoggingRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DisableLogging

func (*Client) DisableSnapshotCopyRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DisableSnapshotCopyRequest(input *DisableSnapshotCopyInput) DisableSnapshotCopyRequest

DisableSnapshotCopyRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Disables the automatic copying of snapshots from one region to another region for a specified cluster.

If your cluster and its snapshots are encrypted using a customer master key (CMK) from AWS KMS, use DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant to delete the grant that grants Amazon Redshift permission to the CMK in the destination region. 

// Example sending a request using DisableSnapshotCopyRequest.
req := client.DisableSnapshotCopyRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DisableSnapshotCopy

func (*Client) EnableLoggingRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) EnableLoggingRequest(input *EnableLoggingInput) EnableLoggingRequest

EnableLoggingRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Starts logging information, such as queries and connection attempts, for the specified Amazon Redshift cluster. 

// Example sending a request using EnableLoggingRequest.
req := client.EnableLoggingRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EnableLogging

func (*Client) EnableSnapshotCopyRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) EnableSnapshotCopyRequest(input *EnableSnapshotCopyInput) EnableSnapshotCopyRequest

EnableSnapshotCopyRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Enables the automatic copy of snapshots from one region to another region for a specified cluster. 

// Example sending a request using EnableSnapshotCopyRequest.
req := client.EnableSnapshotCopyRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EnableSnapshotCopy

func (*Client) GetClusterCredentialsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) GetClusterCredentialsRequest(input *GetClusterCredentialsInput) GetClusterCredentialsRequest

GetClusterCredentialsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns a database user name and temporary password with temporary authorization to log on to an Amazon Redshift database. The action returns the database user name prefixed with IAM: if AutoCreate is False or IAMA: if AutoCreate is True. You can optionally specify one or more database user groups that the user will join at log on. By default, the temporary credentials expire in 900 seconds. You can optionally specify a duration between 900 seconds (15 minutes) and 3600 seconds (60 minutes). For more information, see Using IAM Authentication to Generate Database User Credentials (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/generating-user-credentials.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

The AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM)user or role that executes GetClusterCredentials must have an IAM policy attached that allows access to all necessary actions and resources. For more information about permissions, see Resource Policies for GetClusterCredentials (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/redshift-iam-access-control-identity-based.html#redshift-policy-resources.getclustercredentials-resources) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

If the DbGroups parameter is specified, the IAM policy must allow the redshift:JoinGroup action with access to the listed dbgroups.

In addition, if the AutoCreate parameter is set to True, then the policy must include the redshift:CreateClusterUser privilege.

If the DbName parameter is specified, the IAM policy must allow access to the resource dbname for the specified database name. 

// Example sending a request using GetClusterCredentialsRequest.
req := client.GetClusterCredentialsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/GetClusterCredentials

func (*Client) GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsRequest(input *GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsInput) GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsRequest

GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns an array of DC2 ReservedNodeOfferings that matches the payment type, term, and usage price of the given DC1 reserved node. 

// Example sending a request using GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsRequest.
req := client.GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings

func (*Client) ModifyClusterDbRevisionRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyClusterDbRevisionRequest(input *ModifyClusterDbRevisionInput) ModifyClusterDbRevisionRequest

ModifyClusterDbRevisionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Modifies the database revision of a cluster. The database revision is a unique revision of the database running in a cluster. 

// Example sending a request using ModifyClusterDbRevisionRequest.
req := client.ModifyClusterDbRevisionRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterDbRevision

func (*Client) ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest(input *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest

ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Modifies the list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used by the cluster to access other AWS services.

A cluster can have up to 10 IAM roles associated at any time. 

// Example sending a request using ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest.
req := client.ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterIamRoles

func (*Client) ModifyClusterMaintenanceRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyClusterMaintenanceRequest(input *ModifyClusterMaintenanceInput) ModifyClusterMaintenanceRequest

ModifyClusterMaintenanceRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Modifies the maintenance settings of a cluster. For example, you can defer a maintenance window. You can also update or cancel a deferment. 

// Example sending a request using ModifyClusterMaintenanceRequest.
req := client.ModifyClusterMaintenanceRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterMaintenance

func (*Client) ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest

ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Modifies the parameters of a parameter group.

For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. 

// Example sending a request using ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest.
req := client.ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterParameterGroup

func (*Client) ModifyClusterRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyClusterRequest(input *ModifyClusterInput) ModifyClusterRequest

ModifyClusterRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Modifies the settings for a cluster. For example, you can add another security or parameter group, update the preferred maintenance window, or change the master user password. Resetting a cluster password or modifying the security groups associated with a cluster do not need a reboot. However, modifying a parameter group requires a reboot for parameters to take effect. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

You can also change node type and the number of nodes to scale up or down the cluster. When resizing a cluster, you must specify both the number of nodes and the node type even if one of the parameters does not change. 

// Example sending a request using ModifyClusterRequest.
req := client.ModifyClusterRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyCluster

func (*Client) ModifyClusterSnapshotRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyClusterSnapshotRequest(input *ModifyClusterSnapshotInput) ModifyClusterSnapshotRequest

ModifyClusterSnapshotRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Modifies the settings for a snapshot. 

// Example sending a request using ModifyClusterSnapshotRequest.
req := client.ModifyClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterSnapshot

func (*Client) ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleRequest(input *ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleInput) ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleRequest

ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Modifies a snapshot schedule for a cluster. 

// Example sending a request using ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleRequest.
req := client.ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterSnapshotSchedule

func (*Client) ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest

ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Modifies a cluster subnet group to include the specified list of VPC subnets. The operation replaces the existing list of subnets with the new list of subnets. 

// Example sending a request using ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest.
req := client.ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterSubnetGroup

func (*Client) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest

ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Modifies an existing Amazon Redshift event notification subscription. 

// Example sending a request using ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest.
req := client.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyEventSubscription

func (*Client) ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest(input *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest

ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Modifies the number of days to retain snapshots in the destination AWS Region after they are copied from the source AWS Region. By default, this operation only changes the retention period of copied automated snapshots. The retention periods for both new and existing copied automated snapshots are updated with the new retention period. You can set the manual option to change only the retention periods of copied manual snapshots. If you set this option, only newly copied manual snapshots have the new retention period. 

// Example sending a request using ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest.
req := client.ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod

func (*Client) ModifySnapshotScheduleRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ModifySnapshotScheduleRequest(input *ModifySnapshotScheduleInput) ModifySnapshotScheduleRequest

ModifySnapshotScheduleRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Modifies a snapshot schedule. Any schedule associated with a cluster is modified asynchronously. 

// Example sending a request using ModifySnapshotScheduleRequest.
req := client.ModifySnapshotScheduleRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifySnapshotSchedule

func (*Client) PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest

PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Allows you to purchase reserved nodes. Amazon Redshift offers a predefined set of reserved node offerings. You can purchase one or more of the offerings. You can call the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings API to obtain the available reserved node offerings. You can call this API by providing a specific reserved node offering and the number of nodes you want to reserve.

For more information about reserved node offerings, go to Purchasing Reserved Nodes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/purchase-reserved-node-instance.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. 

// Example sending a request using PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest.
req := client.PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/PurchaseReservedNodeOffering

func (*Client) RebootClusterRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) RebootClusterRequest(input *RebootClusterInput) RebootClusterRequest

RebootClusterRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Reboots a cluster. This action is taken as soon as possible. It results in a momentary outage to the cluster, during which the cluster status is set to rebooting. A cluster event is created when the reboot is completed. Any pending cluster modifications (see ModifyCluster) are applied at this reboot. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. 

// Example sending a request using RebootClusterRequest.
req := client.RebootClusterRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RebootCluster

func (*Client) ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest

ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Sets one or more parameters of the specified parameter group to their default values and sets the source values of the parameters to "engine-default". To reset the entire parameter group specify the ResetAllParameters parameter. For parameter changes to take effect you must reboot any associated clusters. 

// Example sending a request using ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest.
req := client.ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ResetClusterParameterGroup

func (*Client) ResizeClusterRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ResizeClusterRequest(input *ResizeClusterInput) ResizeClusterRequest

ResizeClusterRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Changes the size of the cluster. You can change the cluster's type, or change the number or type of nodes. The default behavior is to use the elastic resize method. With an elastic resize, your cluster is available for read and write operations more quickly than with the classic resize method.

Elastic resize operations have the following restrictions:

  • You can only resize clusters of the following types: dc2.large dc2.8xlarge ds2.xlarge ds2.8xlarge

  • The type of nodes that you add must match the node type for the cluster.

    // Example sending a request using ResizeClusterRequest. req := client.ResizeClusterRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ResizeCluster

func (*Client) RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest

RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Creates a new cluster from a snapshot. By default, Amazon Redshift creates the resulting cluster with the same configuration as the original cluster from which the snapshot was created, except that the new cluster is created with the default cluster security and parameter groups. After Amazon Redshift creates the cluster, you can use the ModifyCluster API to associate a different security group and different parameter group with the restored cluster. If you are using a DS node type, you can also choose to change to another DS node type of the same size during restore.

If you restore a cluster into a VPC, you must provide a cluster subnet group where you want the cluster restored.

For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift Snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. 

// Example sending a request using RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest.
req := client.RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RestoreFromClusterSnapshot

func (*Client) RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest

RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Creates a new table from a table in an Amazon Redshift cluster snapshot. You must create the new table within the Amazon Redshift cluster that the snapshot was taken from.

You cannot use RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot to restore a table with the same name as an existing table in an Amazon Redshift cluster. That is, you cannot overwrite an existing table in a cluster with a restored table. If you want to replace your original table with a new, restored table, then rename or drop your original table before you call RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot. When you have renamed your original table, then you can pass the original name of the table as the NewTableName parameter value in the call to RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot. This way, you can replace the original table with the table created from the snapshot. 

// Example sending a request using RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest.
req := client.RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot

func (*Client) RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest

RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Revokes an ingress rule in an Amazon Redshift security group for a previously authorized IP range or Amazon EC2 security group. To add an ingress rule, see AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress. For information about managing security groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. 

// Example sending a request using RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest.
req := client.RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress

func (*Client) RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest(input *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest

RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Removes the ability of the specified AWS customer account to restore the specified snapshot. If the account is currently restoring the snapshot, the restore will run to completion.

For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift Snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. 

// Example sending a request using RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest.
req := client.RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RevokeSnapshotAccess

func (*Client) RotateEncryptionKeyRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) RotateEncryptionKeyRequest(input *RotateEncryptionKeyInput) RotateEncryptionKeyRequest

RotateEncryptionKeyRequest returns a request value for making API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Rotates the encryption keys for a cluster. 

// Example sending a request using RotateEncryptionKeyRequest.
req := client.RotateEncryptionKeyRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RotateEncryptionKey

func (*Client) WaitUntilClusterAvailable added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) WaitUntilClusterAvailable(ctx context.Context, input *DescribeClustersInput, opts ...aws.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilClusterAvailable uses the Amazon Redshift API operation DescribeClusters to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Client) WaitUntilClusterDeleted added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) WaitUntilClusterDeleted(ctx context.Context, input *DescribeClustersInput, opts ...aws.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilClusterDeleted uses the Amazon Redshift API operation DescribeClusters to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Client) WaitUntilClusterRestored added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) WaitUntilClusterRestored(ctx context.Context, input *DescribeClustersInput, opts ...aws.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilClusterRestored uses the Amazon Redshift API operation DescribeClusters to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Client) WaitUntilSnapshotAvailable added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) WaitUntilSnapshotAvailable(ctx context.Context, input *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput, opts ...aws.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilSnapshotAvailable uses the Amazon Redshift API operation DescribeClusterSnapshots to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

type Cluster 

type Cluster struct {

	// A boolean value that, if true, indicates that major version upgrades will
	// be applied automatically to the cluster during the maintenance window.
	AllowVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The number of days that automatic cluster snapshots are retained.
	AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name of the Availability Zone in which the cluster is located.
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// The availability status of the cluster for queries. Possible values are the
	// following:
	//
	//    * Available - The cluster is available for queries.
	//
	//    * Unavailable - The cluster is not available for queries.
	//
	//    * Maintenance - The cluster is intermittently available for queries due
	//    to maintenance activities.
	//
	//    * Modifying - The cluster is intermittently available for queries due
	//    to changes that modify the cluster.
	//
	//    * Failed - The cluster failed and is not available for queries.
	ClusterAvailabilityStatus *string `type:"string"`

	// The date and time that the cluster was created.
	ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The unique identifier of the cluster.
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The nodes in the cluster.
	ClusterNodes []ClusterNode `type:"list"`

	// The list of cluster parameter groups that are associated with this cluster.
	// Each parameter group in the list is returned with its status.
	ClusterParameterGroups []ClusterParameterGroupStatus `locationNameList:"ClusterParameterGroup" type:"list"`

	// The public key for the cluster.
	ClusterPublicKey *string `type:"string"`

	// The specific revision number of the database in the cluster.
	ClusterRevisionNumber *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of cluster security group that are associated with the cluster. Each
	// security group is represented by an element that contains ClusterSecurityGroup.Name
	// and ClusterSecurityGroup.Status subelements.
	//
	// Cluster security groups are used when the cluster is not created in an Amazon
	// Virtual Private Cloud (VPC). Clusters that are created in a VPC use VPC security
	// groups, which are listed by the VpcSecurityGroups parameter.
	ClusterSecurityGroups []ClusterSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"ClusterSecurityGroup" type:"list"`

	// A value that returns the destination region and retention period that are
	// configured for cross-region snapshot copy.
	ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus *ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus `type:"structure"`

	// The current state of the cluster. Possible values are the following:
	//
	//    * available
	//
	//    * available, prep-for-resize
	//
	//    * available, resize-cleanup
	//
	//    * cancelling-resize
	//
	//    * creating
	//
	//    * deleting
	//
	//    * final-snapshot
	//
	//    * hardware-failure
	//
	//    * incompatible-hsm
	//
	//    * incompatible-network
	//
	//    * incompatible-parameters
	//
	//    * incompatible-restore
	//
	//    * modifying
	//
	//    * rebooting
	//
	//    * renaming
	//
	//    * resizing
	//
	//    * rotating-keys
	//
	//    * storage-full
	//
	//    * updating-hsm
	ClusterStatus *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the subnet group that is associated with the cluster. This parameter
	// is valid only when the cluster is in a VPC.
	ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The version ID of the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster.
	ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the initial database that was created when the cluster was created.
	// This same name is returned for the life of the cluster. If an initial database
	// was not specified, a database named devdev was created by default.
	DBName *string `type:"string"`

	// Describes the status of a cluster while it is in the process of resizing
	// with an incremental resize.
	DataTransferProgress *DataTransferProgress `type:"structure"`

	// Describes a group of DeferredMaintenanceWindow objects.
	DeferredMaintenanceWindows []DeferredMaintenanceWindow `locationNameList:"DeferredMaintenanceWindow" type:"list"`

	// The status of the elastic IP (EIP) address.
	ElasticIpStatus *ElasticIpStatus `type:"structure"`

	// The number of nodes that you can resize the cluster to with the elastic resize
	// method.
	ElasticResizeNumberOfNodeOptions *string `type:"string"`

	// A boolean value that, if true, indicates that data in the cluster is encrypted
	// at rest.
	Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The connection endpoint.
	Endpoint *Endpoint `type:"structure"`

	// An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
	// routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
	// cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	//
	// If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
	//
	// Default: false
	EnhancedVpcRouting *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The date and time when the next snapshot is expected to be taken for clusters
	// with a valid snapshot schedule and backups enabled.
	ExpectedNextSnapshotScheduleTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The status of next expected snapshot for clusters having a valid snapshot
	// schedule and backups enabled. Possible values are the following:
	//
	//    * OnTrack - The next snapshot is expected to be taken on time.
	//
	//    * Pending - The next snapshot is pending to be taken.
	ExpectedNextSnapshotScheduleTimeStatus *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that reports whether the Amazon Redshift cluster has finished applying
	// any hardware security module (HSM) settings changes specified in a modify
	// cluster command.
	//
	// Values: active, applying
	HsmStatus *HsmStatus `type:"structure"`

	// A list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used
	// by the cluster to access other AWS services.
	IamRoles []ClusterIamRole `locationNameList:"ClusterIamRole" type:"list"`

	// The AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) key ID of the encryption key used
	// to encrypt data in the cluster.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the maintenance track for the cluster.
	MaintenanceTrackName *string `type:"string"`

	// The default number of days to retain a manual snapshot. If the value is -1,
	// the snapshot is retained indefinitely. This setting doesn't change the retention
	// period of existing snapshots.
	//
	// The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653.
	ManualSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The master user name for the cluster. This name is used to connect to the
	// database that is specified in the DBName parameter.
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of a modify operation, if any, initiated for the cluster.
	ModifyStatus *string `type:"string"`

	// The date and time in UTC when system maintenance can begin.
	NextMaintenanceWindowStartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The node type for the nodes in the cluster.
	NodeType *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of compute nodes in the cluster.
	NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Cluster operations that are waiting to be started.
	PendingActions []string `type:"list"`

	// A value that, if present, indicates that changes to the cluster are pending.
	// Specific pending changes are identified by subelements.
	PendingModifiedValues *PendingModifiedValues `type:"structure"`

	// The weekly time range, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC), during which
	// system maintenance can occur.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// A boolean value that, if true, indicates that the cluster can be accessed
	// from a public network.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Returns the following:
	//
	//    * AllowCancelResize: a boolean value indicating if the resize operation
	//    can be cancelled.
	//
	//    * ResizeType: Returns ClassicResize
	ResizeInfo *ResizeInfo `type:"structure"`

	// A value that describes the status of a cluster restore action. This parameter
	// returns null if the cluster was not created by restoring a snapshot.
	RestoreStatus *RestoreStatus `type:"structure"`

	// A unique identifier for the cluster snapshot schedule.
	SnapshotScheduleIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The current state of the cluster snapshot schedule.
	SnapshotScheduleState ScheduleState `type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The list of tags for the cluster.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// The identifier of the VPC the cluster is in, if the cluster is in a VPC.
	VpcId *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC) security groups that
	// are associated with the cluster. This parameter is returned only if the cluster
	// is in a VPC.
	VpcSecurityGroups []VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroup" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a cluster.

func (Cluster) String 

func (s Cluster) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ClusterAssociatedToSchedule added in v0.8.0 

type ClusterAssociatedToSchedule struct {
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	ScheduleAssociationState ScheduleState `type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ClusterAssociatedToSchedule) String added in v0.8.0 

func (s ClusterAssociatedToSchedule) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ClusterDbRevision added in v0.5.0 

type ClusterDbRevision struct {

	// The unique identifier of the cluster.
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A string representing the current cluster version.
	CurrentDatabaseRevision *string `type:"string"`

	// The date on which the database revision was released.
	DatabaseRevisionReleaseDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// A list of RevisionTarget objects, where each object describes the database
	// revision that a cluster can be updated to.
	RevisionTargets []RevisionTarget `locationNameList:"RevisionTarget" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a ClusterDbRevision.

func (ClusterDbRevision) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s ClusterDbRevision) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ClusterIamRole 

type ClusterIamRole struct {

	// A value that describes the status of the IAM role's association with an Amazon
	// Redshift cluster.
	//
	// The following are possible statuses and descriptions.
	//
	//    * in-sync: The role is available for use by the cluster.
	//
	//    * adding: The role is in the process of being associated with the cluster.
	//
	//    * removing: The role is in the process of being disassociated with the
	//    cluster.
	ApplyStatus *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role, for example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/RedshiftCopyUnload.
	IamRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

An AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that can be used by the associated Amazon Redshift cluster to access other AWS services.

func (ClusterIamRole) String 

func (s ClusterIamRole) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ClusterNode 

type ClusterNode struct {

	// Whether the node is a leader node or a compute node.
	NodeRole *string `type:"string"`

	// The private IP address of a node within a cluster.
	PrivateIPAddress *string `type:"string"`

	// The public IP address of a node within a cluster.
	PublicIPAddress *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The identifier of a node in a cluster.

func (ClusterNode) String 

func (s ClusterNode) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ClusterParameterGroup 

type ClusterParameterGroup struct {

	// The description of the parameter group.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the cluster parameter group family that this cluster parameter
	// group is compatible with.
	ParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the cluster parameter group.
	ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of tags for the cluster parameter group.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a parameter group.

func (ClusterParameterGroup) String 

func (s ClusterParameterGroup) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ClusterParameterGroupStatus 

type ClusterParameterGroupStatus struct {

	// The list of parameter statuses.
	//
	// For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon
	// Redshift Parameter Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ClusterParameterStatusList []ClusterParameterStatus `type:"list"`

	// The status of parameter updates.
	ParameterApplyStatus *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the cluster parameter group.
	ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the status of a parameter group.

func (ClusterParameterGroupStatus) String 

func (s ClusterParameterGroupStatus) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ClusterParameterStatus 

type ClusterParameterStatus struct {

	// The error that prevented the parameter from being applied to the database.
	ParameterApplyErrorDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the parameter that indicates whether the parameter is in sync
	// with the database, waiting for a cluster reboot, or encountered an error
	// when being applied.
	//
	// The following are possible statuses and descriptions.
	//
	//    * in-sync: The parameter value is in sync with the database.
	//
	//    * pending-reboot: The parameter value will be applied after the cluster
	//    reboots.
	//
	//    * applying: The parameter value is being applied to the database.
	//
	//    * invalid-parameter: Cannot apply the parameter value because it has an
	//    invalid value or syntax.
	//
	//    * apply-deferred: The parameter contains static property changes. The
	//    changes are deferred until the cluster reboots.
	//
	//    * apply-error: Cannot connect to the cluster. The parameter change will
	//    be applied after the cluster reboots.
	//
	//    * unknown-error: Cannot apply the parameter change right now. The change
	//    will be applied after the cluster reboots.
	ParameterApplyStatus *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the parameter.
	ParameterName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the status of a parameter group.

func (ClusterParameterStatus) String 

func (s ClusterParameterStatus) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ClusterSecurityGroup 

type ClusterSecurityGroup struct {

	// The name of the cluster security group to which the operation was applied.
	ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A description of the security group.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of EC2 security groups that are permitted to access clusters associated
	// with this cluster security group.
	EC2SecurityGroups []EC2SecurityGroup `locationNameList:"EC2SecurityGroup" type:"list"`

	// A list of IP ranges (CIDR blocks) that are permitted to access clusters associated
	// with this cluster security group.
	IPRanges []IPRange `locationNameList:"IPRange" type:"list"`

	// The list of tags for the cluster security group.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a security group.

func (ClusterSecurityGroup) String 

func (s ClusterSecurityGroup) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ClusterSecurityGroupMembership 

type ClusterSecurityGroupMembership struct {

	// The name of the cluster security group.
	ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the cluster security group.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a cluster security group.

func (ClusterSecurityGroupMembership) String 

func (s ClusterSecurityGroupMembership) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus 

type ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus struct {

	// The destination region that snapshots are automatically copied to when cross-region
	// snapshot copy is enabled.
	DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of days that automated snapshots are retained in the destination
	// region after they are copied from a source region. If the value is -1, the
	// manual snapshot is retained indefinitely.
	//
	// The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653.
	ManualSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The number of days that automated snapshots are retained in the destination
	// region after they are copied from a source region.
	RetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The name of the snapshot copy grant.
	SnapshotCopyGrantName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns the destination region and retention period that are configured for cross-region snapshot copy.

func (ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus) String 

func (s ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ClusterSubnetGroup 

type ClusterSubnetGroup struct {

	// The name of the cluster subnet group.
	ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The description of the cluster subnet group.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the cluster subnet group. Possible values are Complete, Incomplete
	// and Invalid.
	SubnetGroupStatus *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of the VPC Subnet elements.
	Subnets []Subnet `locationNameList:"Subnet" type:"list"`

	// The list of tags for the cluster subnet group.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// The VPC ID of the cluster subnet group.
	VpcId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a subnet group.

func (ClusterSubnetGroup) String 

func (s ClusterSubnetGroup) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ClusterVersion 

type ClusterVersion struct {

	// The name of the cluster parameter group family for the cluster.
	ClusterParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`

	// The version number used by the cluster.
	ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The description of the cluster version.
	Description *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a cluster version, including the parameter group family and description of the version.

func (ClusterVersion) String 

func (s ClusterVersion) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CopyClusterSnapshotInput 

type CopyClusterSnapshotInput struct {

	// The number of days that a manual snapshot is retained. If the value is -1,
	// the manual snapshot is retained indefinitely.
	//
	// The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653.
	//
	// The default value is -1.
	ManualSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The identifier of the cluster the source snapshot was created from. This
	// parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot
	// resource element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be the identifier for a valid cluster.
	SourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier for the source snapshot.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be the identifier for a valid automated snapshot whose state is
	//    available.
	//
	// SourceSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	SourceSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier given to the new manual snapshot.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Cannot be null, empty, or blank.
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//    * Must be unique for the AWS account that is making the request.
	//
	// TargetSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	TargetSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CopyClusterSnapshotInput) String 

func (s CopyClusterSnapshotInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CopyClusterSnapshotInput) Validate 

func (s *CopyClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CopyClusterSnapshotOutput 

type CopyClusterSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Describes a snapshot.
	Snapshot *Snapshot `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CopyClusterSnapshotOutput) String 

func (s CopyClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CopyClusterSnapshotRequest 

type CopyClusterSnapshotRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CopyClusterSnapshotInput
	Copy  func(*CopyClusterSnapshotInput) CopyClusterSnapshotRequest
}

CopyClusterSnapshotRequest is the request type for the CopyClusterSnapshot API operation.

func (CopyClusterSnapshotRequest) Send 

func (r CopyClusterSnapshotRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CopyClusterSnapshotResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CopyClusterSnapshot API request.

type CopyClusterSnapshotResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CopyClusterSnapshotResponse struct {
	*CopyClusterSnapshotOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CopyClusterSnapshotResponse is the response type for the CopyClusterSnapshot API operation.

func (*CopyClusterSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CopyClusterSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CopyClusterSnapshot request.

type CreateClusterInput 

type CreateClusterInput struct {

	// Reserved.
	AdditionalInfo *string `type:"string"`

	// If true, major version upgrades can be applied during the maintenance window
	// to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster.
	//
	// When a new major version of the Amazon Redshift engine is released, you can
	// request that the service automatically apply upgrades during the maintenance
	// window to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on your cluster.
	//
	// Default: true
	AllowVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is
	// 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are disabled,
	// you can still create manual snapshots when you want with CreateClusterSnapshot.
	//
	// Default: 1
	//
	// Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35.
	AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The EC2 Availability Zone (AZ) in which you want Amazon Redshift to provision
	// the cluster. For example, if you have several EC2 instances running in a
	// specific Availability Zone, then you might want the cluster to be provisioned
	// in the same zone in order to decrease network latency.
	//
	// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the region that is
	// specified by the endpoint.
	//
	// Example: us-east-1d
	//
	// Constraint: The specified Availability Zone must be in the same region as
	// the current endpoint.
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// A unique identifier for the cluster. You use this identifier to refer to
	// the cluster for any subsequent cluster operations such as deleting or modifying.
	// The identifier also appears in the Amazon Redshift console.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//    * Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//    * Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account.
	//
	// Example: myexamplecluster
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the parameter group to be associated with this cluster.
	//
	// Default: The default Amazon Redshift cluster parameter group. For information
	// about the default parameter group, go to Working with Amazon Redshift Parameter
	// Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	ClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of security groups to be associated with this cluster.
	//
	// Default: The default cluster security group for Amazon Redshift.
	ClusterSecurityGroups []string `locationNameList:"ClusterSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`

	// The name of a cluster subnet group to be associated with this cluster.
	//
	// If this parameter is not provided the resulting cluster will be deployed
	// outside virtual private cloud (VPC).
	ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The type of the cluster. When cluster type is specified as
	//
	//    * single-node, the NumberOfNodes parameter is not required.
	//
	//    * multi-node, the NumberOfNodes parameter is required.
	//
	// Valid Values: multi-node | single-node
	//
	// Default: multi-node
	ClusterType *string `type:"string"`

	// The version of the Amazon Redshift engine software that you want to deploy
	// on the cluster.
	//
	// The version selected runs on all the nodes in the cluster.
	//
	// Constraints: Only version 1.0 is currently available.
	//
	// Example: 1.0
	ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the first database to be created when the cluster is created.
	//
	// To create additional databases after the cluster is created, connect to the
	// cluster with a SQL client and use SQL commands to create a database. For
	// more information, go to Create a Database (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/t_creating_database.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
	//
	// Default: dev
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.
	//
	//    * Must contain only lowercase letters.
	//
	//    * Cannot be a word that is reserved by the service. A list of reserved
	//    words can be found in Reserved Words (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html)
	//    in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
	DBName *string `type:"string"`

	// The Elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster.
	//
	// Constraints: The cluster must be provisioned in EC2-VPC and publicly-accessible
	// through an Internet gateway. For more information about provisioning clusters
	// in EC2-VPC, go to Supported Platforms to Launch Your Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#cluster-platforms)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ElasticIp *string `type:"string"`

	// If true, the data in the cluster is encrypted at rest.
	//
	// Default: false
	Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
	// routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
	// cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	//
	// If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
	//
	// Default: false
	EnhancedVpcRouting *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster
	// uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM.
	HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information
	// the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM.
	HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used
	// by the cluster to access other AWS services. You must supply the IAM roles
	// in their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format. You can supply up to 10 IAM roles
	// in a single request.
	//
	// A cluster can have up to 10 IAM roles associated with it at any time.
	IamRoles []string `locationNameList:"IamRoleArn" type:"list"`

	// The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that you
	// want to use to encrypt data in the cluster.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional parameter for the name of the maintenance track for the cluster.
	// If you don't provide a maintenance track name, the cluster is assigned to
	// the current track.
	MaintenanceTrackName *string `type:"string"`

	// The default number of days to retain a manual snapshot. If the value is -1,
	// the snapshot is retained indefinitely. This setting doesn't change the retention
	// period of existing snapshots.
	//
	// The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653.
	ManualSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The password associated with the master user account for the cluster that
	// is being created.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be between 8 and 64 characters in length.
	//
	//    * Must contain at least one uppercase letter.
	//
	//    * Must contain at least one lowercase letter.
	//
	//    * Must contain one number.
	//
	//    * Can be any printable ASCII character (ASCII code 33 to 126) except '
	//    (single quote), " (double quote), \, /, @, or space.
	//
	// MasterUserPassword is a required field
	MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The user name associated with the master user account for the cluster that
	// is being created.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 - 128 alphanumeric characters. The user name can't be PUBLIC.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in
	//    Reserved Words (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html)
	//    in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
	//
	// MasterUsername is a required field
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The node type to be provisioned for the cluster. For information about node
	// types, go to Working with Clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#how-many-nodes)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	//
	// Valid Values: ds2.xlarge | ds2.8xlarge | ds2.xlarge | ds2.8xlarge | dc1.large
	// | dc1.8xlarge | dc2.large | dc2.8xlarge
	//
	// NodeType is a required field
	NodeType *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The number of compute nodes in the cluster. This parameter is required when
	// the ClusterType parameter is specified as multi-node.
	//
	// For information about determining how many nodes you need, go to Working
	// with Clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#how-many-nodes)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	//
	// If you don't specify this parameter, you get a single-node cluster. When
	// requesting a multi-node cluster, you must specify the number of nodes that
	// you want in the cluster.
	//
	// Default: 1
	//
	// Constraints: Value must be at least 1 and no more than 100.
	NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The port number on which the cluster accepts incoming connections.
	//
	// The cluster is accessible only via the JDBC and ODBC connection strings.
	// Part of the connection string requires the port on which the cluster will
	// listen for incoming connections.
	//
	// Default: 5439
	//
	// Valid Values: 1150-65535
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The weekly time range (in UTC) during which automated cluster maintenance
	// can occur.
	//
	// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
	//
	// Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time
	// per region, occurring on a random day of the week. For more information about
	// the time blocks for each region, see Maintenance Windows (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-maintenance-windows)
	// in Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	//
	// Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// If true, the cluster can be accessed from a public network.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A unique identifier for the snapshot schedule.
	SnapshotScheduleIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// A list of Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated with
	// the cluster.
	//
	// Default: The default VPC security group is associated with the cluster.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateClusterInput) String 

func (s CreateClusterInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateClusterInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateClusterOutput 

type CreateClusterOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateClusterOutput) String 

func (s CreateClusterOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateClusterParameterGroupInput 

type CreateClusterParameterGroupInput struct {

	// A description of the parameter group.
	//
	// Description is a required field
	Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The Amazon Redshift engine version to which the cluster parameter group applies.
	// The cluster engine version determines the set of parameters.
	//
	// To get a list of valid parameter group family names, you can call DescribeClusterParameterGroups.
	// By default, Amazon Redshift returns a list of all the parameter groups that
	// are owned by your AWS account, including the default parameter groups for
	// each Amazon Redshift engine version. The parameter group family names associated
	// with the default parameter groups provide you the valid values. For example,
	// a valid family name is "redshift-1.0".
	//
	// ParameterGroupFamily is a required field
	ParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the cluster parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//    * Must be unique withing your AWS account.
	//
	// This value is stored as a lower-case string.
	//
	// ParameterGroupName is a required field
	ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) String 

func (s CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput 

type CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {

	// Describes a parameter group.
	ClusterParameterGroup *ClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput) String 

func (s CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest 

type CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput
	Copy  func(*CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest
}

CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest is the request type for the CreateClusterParameterGroup API operation.

func (CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest) Send 

func (r CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateClusterParameterGroup API request.

type CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse struct {
	*CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse is the response type for the CreateClusterParameterGroup API operation.

func (*CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateClusterParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateClusterParameterGroup request.

type CreateClusterRequest 

type CreateClusterRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateClusterInput
	Copy  func(*CreateClusterInput) CreateClusterRequest
}

CreateClusterRequest is the request type for the CreateCluster API operation.

func (CreateClusterRequest) Send 

func (r CreateClusterRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateClusterResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateCluster API request.

type CreateClusterResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateClusterResponse struct {
	*CreateClusterOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateClusterResponse is the response type for the CreateCluster API operation.

func (*CreateClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateCluster request.

type CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput 

type CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput struct {

	// The name for the security group. Amazon Redshift stores the value as a lowercase
	// string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//    * Must not be "Default".
	//
	//    * Must be unique for all security groups that are created by your AWS
	//    account.
	//
	// Example: examplesecuritygroup
	//
	// ClusterSecurityGroupName is a required field
	ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A description for the security group.
	//
	// Description is a required field
	Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) String 

func (s CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput 

type CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput struct {

	// Describes a security group.
	ClusterSecurityGroup *ClusterSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput) String 

func (s CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest 

type CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput
	Copy  func(*CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest
}

CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest is the request type for the CreateClusterSecurityGroup API operation.

func (CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest) Send 

func (r CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateClusterSecurityGroup API request.

type CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse struct {
	*CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse is the response type for the CreateClusterSecurityGroup API operation.

func (*CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateClusterSecurityGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateClusterSecurityGroup request.

type CreateClusterSnapshotInput 

type CreateClusterSnapshotInput struct {

	// The cluster identifier for which you want a snapshot.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The number of days that a manual snapshot is retained. If the value is -1,
	// the manual snapshot is retained indefinitely.
	//
	// The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653.
	//
	// The default value is -1.
	ManualSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A unique identifier for the snapshot that you are requesting. This identifier
	// must be unique for all snapshots within the AWS account.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Cannot be null, empty, or blank
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	// Example: my-snapshot-id
	//
	// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateClusterSnapshotInput) String 

func (s CreateClusterSnapshotInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateClusterSnapshotInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateClusterSnapshotOutput 

type CreateClusterSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Describes a snapshot.
	Snapshot *Snapshot `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateClusterSnapshotOutput) String 

func (s CreateClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateClusterSnapshotRequest 

type CreateClusterSnapshotRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateClusterSnapshotInput
	Copy  func(*CreateClusterSnapshotInput) CreateClusterSnapshotRequest
}

CreateClusterSnapshotRequest is the request type for the CreateClusterSnapshot API operation.

func (CreateClusterSnapshotRequest) Send 

func (r CreateClusterSnapshotRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateClusterSnapshotResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateClusterSnapshot API request.

type CreateClusterSnapshotResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateClusterSnapshotResponse struct {
	*CreateClusterSnapshotOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateClusterSnapshotResponse is the response type for the CreateClusterSnapshot API operation.

func (*CreateClusterSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateClusterSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateClusterSnapshot request.

type CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput 

type CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput struct {

	// The name for the subnet group. Amazon Redshift stores the value as a lowercase
	// string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//    * Must not be "Default".
	//
	//    * Must be unique for all subnet groups that are created by your AWS account.
	//
	// Example: examplesubnetgroup
	//
	// ClusterSubnetGroupName is a required field
	ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A description for the subnet group.
	//
	// Description is a required field
	Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// An array of VPC subnet IDs. A maximum of 20 subnets can be modified in a
	// single request.
	//
	// SubnetIds is a required field
	SubnetIds []string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"`

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) String 

func (s CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput 

type CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput struct {

	// Describes a subnet group.
	ClusterSubnetGroup *ClusterSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput) String 

func (s CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest 

type CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput
	Copy  func(*CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest
}

CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest is the request type for the CreateClusterSubnetGroup API operation.

func (CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest) Send 

func (r CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateClusterSubnetGroup API request.

type CreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse struct {
	*CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse is the response type for the CreateClusterSubnetGroup API operation.

func (*CreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateClusterSubnetGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateClusterSubnetGroup request.

type CreateEventSubscriptionInput 

type CreateEventSubscriptionInput struct {

	// A boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription, and set to false
	// to create the subscription but not activate it.
	Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the Amazon Redshift event categories to be published by the event
	// notification subscription.
	//
	// Values: configuration, management, monitoring, security
	EventCategories []string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// Specifies the Amazon Redshift event severity to be published by the event
	// notification subscription.
	//
	// Values: ERROR, INFO
	Severity *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic used to transmit the
	// event notifications. The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic
	// and subscribe to it.
	//
	// SnsTopicArn is a required field
	SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of one or more identifiers of Amazon Redshift source objects. All
	// of the objects must be of the same type as was specified in the source type
	// parameter. The event subscription will return only events generated by the
	// specified objects. If not specified, then events are returned for all objects
	// within the source type specified.
	//
	// Example: my-cluster-1, my-cluster-2
	//
	// Example: my-snapshot-20131010
	SourceIds []string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"`

	// The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you
	// want to be notified of events generated by a cluster, you would set this
	// parameter to cluster. If this value is not specified, events are returned
	// for all Amazon Redshift objects in your AWS account. You must specify a source
	// type in order to specify source IDs.
	//
	// Valid values: cluster, cluster-parameter-group, cluster-security-group, and
	// cluster-snapshot.
	SourceType *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the event subscription to be created.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Cannot be null, empty, or blank.
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	// SubscriptionName is a required field
	SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateEventSubscriptionInput) String 

func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateEventSubscriptionInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateEventSubscriptionOutput 

type CreateEventSubscriptionOutput struct {

	// Describes event subscriptions.
	EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) String 

func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateEventSubscriptionRequest 

type CreateEventSubscriptionRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput
	Copy  func(*CreateEventSubscriptionInput) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest
}

CreateEventSubscriptionRequest is the request type for the CreateEventSubscription API operation.

func (CreateEventSubscriptionRequest) Send 

func (r CreateEventSubscriptionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateEventSubscriptionResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateEventSubscription API request.

type CreateEventSubscriptionResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateEventSubscriptionResponse struct {
	*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateEventSubscriptionResponse is the response type for the CreateEventSubscription API operation.

func (*CreateEventSubscriptionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateEventSubscriptionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateEventSubscription request.

type CreateHsmClientCertificateInput 

type CreateHsmClientCertificateInput struct {

	// The identifier to be assigned to the new HSM client certificate that the
	// cluster will use to connect to the HSM to use the database encryption keys.
	//
	// HsmClientCertificateIdentifier is a required field
	HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) String 

func (s CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput 

type CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput struct {

	// Returns information about an HSM client certificate. The certificate is stored
	// in a secure Hardware Storage Module (HSM), and used by the Amazon Redshift
	// cluster to encrypt data files.
	HsmClientCertificate *HsmClientCertificate `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput) String 

func (s CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest 

type CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateHsmClientCertificateInput
	Copy  func(*CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest
}

CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest is the request type for the CreateHsmClientCertificate API operation.

func (CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest) Send 

func (r CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateHsmClientCertificateResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateHsmClientCertificate API request.

type CreateHsmClientCertificateResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateHsmClientCertificateResponse struct {
	*CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateHsmClientCertificateResponse is the response type for the CreateHsmClientCertificate API operation.

func (*CreateHsmClientCertificateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateHsmClientCertificateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateHsmClientCertificate request.

type CreateHsmConfigurationInput 

type CreateHsmConfigurationInput struct {

	// A text description of the HSM configuration to be created.
	//
	// Description is a required field
	Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier to be assigned to the new Amazon Redshift HSM configuration.
	//
	// HsmConfigurationIdentifier is a required field
	HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The IP address that the Amazon Redshift cluster must use to access the HSM.
	//
	// HsmIpAddress is a required field
	HsmIpAddress *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the partition in the HSM where the Amazon Redshift clusters will
	// store their database encryption keys.
	//
	// HsmPartitionName is a required field
	HsmPartitionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The password required to access the HSM partition.
	//
	// HsmPartitionPassword is a required field
	HsmPartitionPassword *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The HSMs public certificate file. When using Cloud HSM, the file name is
	// server.pem.
	//
	// HsmServerPublicCertificate is a required field
	HsmServerPublicCertificate *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateHsmConfigurationInput) String 

func (s CreateHsmConfigurationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateHsmConfigurationInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateHsmConfigurationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateHsmConfigurationOutput 

type CreateHsmConfigurationOutput struct {

	// Returns information about an HSM configuration, which is an object that describes
	// to Amazon Redshift clusters the information they require to connect to an
	// HSM where they can store database encryption keys.
	HsmConfiguration *HsmConfiguration `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateHsmConfigurationOutput) String 

func (s CreateHsmConfigurationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateHsmConfigurationRequest 

type CreateHsmConfigurationRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateHsmConfigurationInput
	Copy  func(*CreateHsmConfigurationInput) CreateHsmConfigurationRequest
}

CreateHsmConfigurationRequest is the request type for the CreateHsmConfiguration API operation.

func (CreateHsmConfigurationRequest) Send 

func (r CreateHsmConfigurationRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateHsmConfigurationResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateHsmConfiguration API request.

type CreateHsmConfigurationResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateHsmConfigurationResponse struct {
	*CreateHsmConfigurationOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateHsmConfigurationResponse is the response type for the CreateHsmConfiguration API operation.

func (*CreateHsmConfigurationResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateHsmConfigurationResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateHsmConfiguration request.

type CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput 

type CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the customer master key (CMK) to which to grant
	// Amazon Redshift permission. If no key is specified, the default key is used.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the snapshot copy grant. This name must be unique in the region
	// for the AWS account.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//    * Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//    * Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account.
	//
	// SnapshotCopyGrantName is a required field
	SnapshotCopyGrantName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The result of the CreateSnapshotCopyGrant action.

func (CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) String 

func (s CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput 

type CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput struct {

	// The snapshot copy grant that grants Amazon Redshift permission to encrypt
	// copied snapshots with the specified customer master key (CMK) from AWS KMS
	// in the destination region.
	//
	// For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to Amazon Redshift
	// Database Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	SnapshotCopyGrant *SnapshotCopyGrant `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput) String 

func (s CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest 

type CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput
	Copy  func(*CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest
}

CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest is the request type for the CreateSnapshotCopyGrant API operation.

func (CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest) Send 

func (r CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateSnapshotCopyGrantResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateSnapshotCopyGrant API request.

type CreateSnapshotCopyGrantResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateSnapshotCopyGrantResponse struct {
	*CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateSnapshotCopyGrantResponse is the response type for the CreateSnapshotCopyGrant API operation.

func (*CreateSnapshotCopyGrantResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateSnapshotCopyGrant request.

type CreateSnapshotScheduleInput added in v0.6.0 

type CreateSnapshotScheduleInput struct {
	DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`

	NextInvocations *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The definition of the snapshot schedule. The definition is made up of schedule
	// expressions, for example "cron(30 12 *)" or "rate(12 hours)".
	ScheduleDefinitions []string `locationNameList:"ScheduleDefinition" type:"list"`

	// The description of the snapshot schedule.
	ScheduleDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// A unique identifier for a snapshot schedule. Only alphanumeric characters
	// are allowed for the identifier.
	ScheduleIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional set of tags you can use to search for the schedule.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateSnapshotScheduleInput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s CreateSnapshotScheduleInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateSnapshotScheduleOutput added in v0.9.0 

type CreateSnapshotScheduleOutput struct {

	// The number of clusters associated with the schedule.
	AssociatedClusterCount *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A list of clusters associated with the schedule. A maximum of 100 clusters
	// is returned.
	AssociatedClusters []ClusterAssociatedToSchedule `locationNameList:"ClusterAssociatedToSchedule" type:"list"`

	NextInvocations []time.Time `locationNameList:"SnapshotTime" type:"list"`

	// A list of ScheduleDefinitions.
	ScheduleDefinitions []string `locationNameList:"ScheduleDefinition" type:"list"`

	// The description of the schedule.
	ScheduleDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// A unique identifier for the schedule.
	ScheduleIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional set of tags describing the schedule.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a snapshot schedule. You can set a regular interval for creating snapshots of a cluster. You can also schedule snapshots for specific dates.

func (CreateSnapshotScheduleOutput) String added in v0.9.0 

func (s CreateSnapshotScheduleOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateSnapshotScheduleRequest added in v0.6.0 

type CreateSnapshotScheduleRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateSnapshotScheduleInput
	Copy  func(*CreateSnapshotScheduleInput) CreateSnapshotScheduleRequest
}

CreateSnapshotScheduleRequest is the request type for the CreateSnapshotSchedule API operation.

func (CreateSnapshotScheduleRequest) Send added in v0.6.0 

func (r CreateSnapshotScheduleRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateSnapshotScheduleResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateSnapshotSchedule API request.

type CreateSnapshotScheduleResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateSnapshotScheduleResponse struct {
	*CreateSnapshotScheduleOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateSnapshotScheduleResponse is the response type for the CreateSnapshotSchedule API operation.

func (*CreateSnapshotScheduleResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateSnapshotScheduleResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateSnapshotSchedule request.

type CreateTagsInput 

type CreateTagsInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to which you want to add the tag or tags.
	// For example, arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1.
	//
	// ResourceName is a required field
	ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// One or more name/value pairs to add as tags to the specified resource. Each
	// tag name is passed in with the parameter Key and the corresponding value
	// is passed in with the parameter Value. The Key and Value parameters are separated
	// by a comma (,). Separate multiple tags with a space. For example, --tags
	// "Key"="owner","Value"="admin" "Key"="environment","Value"="test" "Key"="version","Value"="1.0".
	//
	// Tags is a required field
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output from the CreateTags action.

func (CreateTagsInput) String 

func (s CreateTagsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateTagsInput) Validate 

func (s *CreateTagsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateTagsOutput 

type CreateTagsOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateTagsOutput) String 

func (s CreateTagsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateTagsRequest 

type CreateTagsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateTagsInput
	Copy  func(*CreateTagsInput) CreateTagsRequest
}

CreateTagsRequest is the request type for the CreateTags API operation.

func (CreateTagsRequest) Send 

func (r CreateTagsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateTagsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateTags API request.

type CreateTagsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateTagsResponse struct {
	*CreateTagsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateTagsResponse is the response type for the CreateTags API operation.

func (*CreateTagsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateTagsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateTags request.

type DataTransferProgress added in v0.6.0 

type DataTransferProgress struct {

	// Describes the data transfer rate in MB's per second.
	CurrentRateInMegaBytesPerSecond *float64 `type:"double"`

	// Describes the total amount of data that has been transfered in MB's.
	DataTransferredInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`

	// Describes the number of seconds that have elapsed during the data transfer.
	ElapsedTimeInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`

	// Describes the estimated number of seconds remaining to complete the transfer.
	EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`

	// Describes the status of the cluster. While the transfer is in progress the
	// status is transferringdata.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// Describes the total amount of data to be transfered in megabytes.
	TotalDataInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the status of a cluster while it is in the process of resizing with an incremental resize.

func (DataTransferProgress) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s DataTransferProgress) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DefaultClusterParameters 

type DefaultClusterParameters struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the cluster parameter group family to which the engine default
	// parameters apply.
	ParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of cluster default parameters.
	Parameters []Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the default cluster parameters for a parameter group family.

func (DefaultClusterParameters) String 

func (s DefaultClusterParameters) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeferredMaintenanceWindow added in v0.6.0 

type DeferredMaintenanceWindow struct {

	// A timestamp for the end of the time period when we defer maintenance.
	DeferMaintenanceEndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// A unique identifier for the maintenance window.
	DeferMaintenanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A timestamp for the beginning of the time period when we defer maintenance.
	DeferMaintenanceStartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a deferred maintenance window

func (DeferredMaintenanceWindow) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s DeferredMaintenanceWindow) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteClusterInput 

type DeleteClusterInput struct {

	// The identifier of the cluster to be deleted.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain lowercase characters.
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier of the final snapshot that is to be created immediately before
	// deleting the cluster. If this parameter is provided, SkipFinalClusterSnapshot
	// must be false.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of days that a manual snapshot is retained. If the value is -1,
	// the manual snapshot is retained indefinitely.
	//
	// The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653.
	//
	// The default value is -1.
	FinalClusterSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Determines whether a final snapshot of the cluster is created before Amazon
	// Redshift deletes the cluster. If true, a final cluster snapshot is not created.
	// If false, a final cluster snapshot is created before the cluster is deleted.
	//
	// The FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier parameter must be specified if SkipFinalClusterSnapshot
	// is false.
	//
	// Default: false
	SkipFinalClusterSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteClusterInput) String 

func (s DeleteClusterInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteClusterInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteClusterInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteClusterOutput 

type DeleteClusterOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteClusterOutput) String 

func (s DeleteClusterOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput 

type DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the parameter group to be deleted.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be the name of an existing cluster parameter group.
	//
	//    * Cannot delete a default cluster parameter group.
	//
	// ParameterGroupName is a required field
	ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) String 

func (s DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput 

type DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput) String 

func (s DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest 

type DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest
}

DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest is the request type for the DeleteClusterParameterGroup API operation.

func (DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest) Send 

func (r DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteClusterParameterGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteClusterParameterGroup API request.

type DeleteClusterParameterGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteClusterParameterGroupResponse struct {
	*DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteClusterParameterGroupResponse is the response type for the DeleteClusterParameterGroup API operation.

func (*DeleteClusterParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteClusterParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteClusterParameterGroup request.

type DeleteClusterRequest 

type DeleteClusterRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteClusterInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteClusterInput) DeleteClusterRequest
}

DeleteClusterRequest is the request type for the DeleteCluster API operation.

func (DeleteClusterRequest) Send 

func (r DeleteClusterRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteClusterResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteCluster API request.

type DeleteClusterResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteClusterResponse struct {
	*DeleteClusterOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteClusterResponse is the response type for the DeleteCluster API operation.

func (*DeleteClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteCluster request.

type DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput 

type DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the cluster security group to be deleted.
	//
	// ClusterSecurityGroupName is a required field
	ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) String 

func (s DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput 

type DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput) String 

func (s DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest 

type DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest
}

DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest is the request type for the DeleteClusterSecurityGroup API operation.

func (DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest) Send 

func (r DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteClusterSecurityGroup API request.

type DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse struct {
	*DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse is the response type for the DeleteClusterSecurityGroup API operation.

func (*DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteClusterSecurityGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteClusterSecurityGroup request.

type DeleteClusterSnapshotInput 

type DeleteClusterSnapshotInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This
	// parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot
	// resource element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be the name of valid cluster.
	SnapshotClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The unique identifier of the manual snapshot to be deleted.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be the name of an existing snapshot that is in the available,
	// failed, or cancelled state.
	//
	// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) String 

func (s DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteClusterSnapshotMessage added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteClusterSnapshotMessage struct {

	// The unique identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This
	// parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot
	// resource element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be the name of valid cluster.
	SnapshotClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The unique identifier of the manual snapshot to be deleted.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be the name of an existing snapshot that is in the available,
	// failed, or cancelled state.
	//
	// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteClusterSnapshotMessage) String added in v0.9.0 

func (s DeleteClusterSnapshotMessage) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteClusterSnapshotMessage) Validate added in v0.9.0 

func (s *DeleteClusterSnapshotMessage) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput 

type DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Describes a snapshot.
	Snapshot *Snapshot `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput) String 

func (s DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest 

type DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteClusterSnapshotInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest
}

DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest is the request type for the DeleteClusterSnapshot API operation.

func (DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest) Send 

func (r DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteClusterSnapshotResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteClusterSnapshot API request.

type DeleteClusterSnapshotResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteClusterSnapshotResponse struct {
	*DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteClusterSnapshotResponse is the response type for the DeleteClusterSnapshot API operation.

func (*DeleteClusterSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteClusterSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteClusterSnapshot request.

type DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput 

type DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the cluster subnet group name to be deleted.
	//
	// ClusterSubnetGroupName is a required field
	ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) String 

func (s DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput 

type DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput) String 

func (s DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest 

type DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest
}

DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest is the request type for the DeleteClusterSubnetGroup API operation.

func (DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest) Send 

func (r DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteClusterSubnetGroup API request.

type DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse struct {
	*DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse is the response type for the DeleteClusterSubnetGroup API operation.

func (*DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteClusterSubnetGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteClusterSubnetGroup request.

type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput 

type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput struct {

	// The name of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription to be deleted.
	//
	// SubscriptionName is a required field
	SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) String 

func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput 

type DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) String 

func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest 

type DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest
}

DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest is the request type for the DeleteEventSubscription API operation.

func (DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest) Send 

func (r DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteEventSubscription API request.

type DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse struct {
	*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse is the response type for the DeleteEventSubscription API operation.

func (*DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteEventSubscription request.

type DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput 

type DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput struct {

	// The identifier of the HSM client certificate to be deleted.
	//
	// HsmClientCertificateIdentifier is a required field
	HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) String 

func (s DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput 

type DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput) String 

func (s DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest 

type DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest
}

DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest is the request type for the DeleteHsmClientCertificate API operation.

func (DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest) Send 

func (r DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteHsmClientCertificate API request.

type DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse struct {
	*DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse is the response type for the DeleteHsmClientCertificate API operation.

func (*DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteHsmClientCertificateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteHsmClientCertificate request.

type DeleteHsmConfigurationInput 

type DeleteHsmConfigurationInput struct {

	// The identifier of the Amazon Redshift HSM configuration to be deleted.
	//
	// HsmConfigurationIdentifier is a required field
	HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) String 

func (s DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput 

type DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput) String 

func (s DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest 

type DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteHsmConfigurationInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest
}

DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest is the request type for the DeleteHsmConfiguration API operation.

func (DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest) Send 

func (r DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteHsmConfiguration API request.

type DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse struct {
	*DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse is the response type for the DeleteHsmConfiguration API operation.

func (*DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteHsmConfigurationResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteHsmConfiguration request.

type DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput 

type DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput struct {

	// The name of the snapshot copy grant to delete.
	//
	// SnapshotCopyGrantName is a required field
	SnapshotCopyGrantName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The result of the DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant action.

func (DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) String 

func (s DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput 

type DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput) String 

func (s DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest 

type DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest
}

DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest is the request type for the DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant API operation.

func (DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest) Send 

func (r DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant API request.

type DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantResponse struct {
	*DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantResponse is the response type for the DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant API operation.

func (*DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant request.

type DeleteSnapshotScheduleInput added in v0.6.0 

type DeleteSnapshotScheduleInput struct {

	// A unique identifier of the snapshot schedule to delete.
	//
	// ScheduleIdentifier is a required field
	ScheduleIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteSnapshotScheduleInput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s DeleteSnapshotScheduleInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteSnapshotScheduleInput) Validate added in v0.6.0 

func (s *DeleteSnapshotScheduleInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteSnapshotScheduleOutput added in v0.6.0 

type DeleteSnapshotScheduleOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteSnapshotScheduleOutput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s DeleteSnapshotScheduleOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteSnapshotScheduleRequest added in v0.6.0 

type DeleteSnapshotScheduleRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteSnapshotScheduleInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteSnapshotScheduleInput) DeleteSnapshotScheduleRequest
}

DeleteSnapshotScheduleRequest is the request type for the DeleteSnapshotSchedule API operation.

func (DeleteSnapshotScheduleRequest) Send added in v0.6.0 

func (r DeleteSnapshotScheduleRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteSnapshotScheduleResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteSnapshotSchedule API request.

type DeleteSnapshotScheduleResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteSnapshotScheduleResponse struct {
	*DeleteSnapshotScheduleOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteSnapshotScheduleResponse is the response type for the DeleteSnapshotSchedule API operation.

func (*DeleteSnapshotScheduleResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteSnapshotScheduleResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteSnapshotSchedule request.

type DeleteTagsInput 

type DeleteTagsInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) from which you want to remove the tag or tags.
	// For example, arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1.
	//
	// ResourceName is a required field
	ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The tag key that you want to delete.
	//
	// TagKeys is a required field
	TagKeys []string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output from the DeleteTags action.

func (DeleteTagsInput) String 

func (s DeleteTagsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteTagsInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteTagsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteTagsOutput 

type DeleteTagsOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteTagsOutput) String 

func (s DeleteTagsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteTagsRequest 

type DeleteTagsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteTagsInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteTagsInput) DeleteTagsRequest
}

DeleteTagsRequest is the request type for the DeleteTags API operation.

func (DeleteTagsRequest) Send 

func (r DeleteTagsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteTagsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteTags API request.

type DeleteTagsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteTagsResponse struct {
	*DeleteTagsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteTagsResponse is the response type for the DeleteTags API operation.

func (*DeleteTagsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteTagsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteTags request.

type DescribeAccountAttributesInput added in v0.6.0 

type DescribeAccountAttributesInput struct {

	// A list of attribute names.
	AttributeNames []string `locationNameList:"AttributeName" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeAccountAttributesInput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s DescribeAccountAttributesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeAccountAttributesOutput added in v0.6.0 

type DescribeAccountAttributesOutput struct {

	// A list of attributes assigned to an account.
	AccountAttributes []AccountAttribute `locationNameList:"AccountAttribute" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeAccountAttributesRequest added in v0.6.0 

type DescribeAccountAttributesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeAccountAttributesInput) DescribeAccountAttributesRequest
}

DescribeAccountAttributesRequest is the request type for the DescribeAccountAttributes API operation.

func (DescribeAccountAttributesRequest) Send added in v0.6.0 

func (r DescribeAccountAttributesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeAccountAttributesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeAccountAttributes API request.

type DescribeAccountAttributesResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeAccountAttributesResponse struct {
	*DescribeAccountAttributesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeAccountAttributesResponse is the response type for the DescribeAccountAttributes API operation.

func (*DescribeAccountAttributesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeAccountAttributesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeAccountAttributes request.

type DescribeClusterDbRevisionsInput added in v0.5.0 

type DescribeClusterDbRevisionsInput struct {

	// A unique identifier for a cluster whose ClusterDbRevisions you are requesting.
	// This parameter is case sensitive. All clusters defined for an account are
	// returned by default.
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point for returning a set
	// of response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterDbRevisions request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Redshift returns a value
	// in the marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response
	// records by providing the returned marker value in the marker parameter and
	// retrying the request.
	//
	// Constraints: You can specify either the ClusterIdentifier parameter, or the
	// marker parameter, but not both.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in the marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of response records by providing the returned marker value in the marker
	// parameter and retrying the request.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeClusterDbRevisionsInput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s DescribeClusterDbRevisionsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClusterDbRevisionsOutput added in v0.5.0 

type DescribeClusterDbRevisionsOutput struct {

	// A list of revisions.
	ClusterDbRevisions []ClusterDbRevision `locationNameList:"ClusterDbRevision" type:"list"`

	// A string representing the starting point for the next set of revisions. If
	// a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of revisions
	// by providing the value in the marker parameter and retrying the command.
	// If the marker field is empty, all revisions have already been returned.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeClusterDbRevisionsOutput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s DescribeClusterDbRevisionsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClusterDbRevisionsRequest added in v0.5.0 

type DescribeClusterDbRevisionsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeClusterDbRevisionsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeClusterDbRevisionsInput) DescribeClusterDbRevisionsRequest
}

DescribeClusterDbRevisionsRequest is the request type for the DescribeClusterDbRevisions API operation.

func (DescribeClusterDbRevisionsRequest) Send added in v0.5.0 

func (r DescribeClusterDbRevisionsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeClusterDbRevisionsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeClusterDbRevisions API request.

type DescribeClusterDbRevisionsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeClusterDbRevisionsResponse struct {
	*DescribeClusterDbRevisionsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeClusterDbRevisionsResponse is the response type for the DescribeClusterDbRevisions API operation.

func (*DescribeClusterDbRevisionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeClusterDbRevisionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeClusterDbRevisions request.

type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput 

type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput struct {

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterParameterGroups request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
	// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
	// the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name of a specific parameter group for which to return details. By default,
	// details about all parameter groups and the default parameter group are returned.
	ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster parameter
	// groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
	// that you have parameter groups that are tagged with keys called owner and
	// environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the parameter groups that have either or
	// both of these tag keys associated with them.
	TagKeys []string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster parameter
	// groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
	// suppose that you have parameter groups that are tagged with values called
	// admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the parameter groups that have either or
	// both of these tag values associated with them.
	TagValues []string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) String 

func (s DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput 

type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of ClusterParameterGroup instances. Each instance describes one cluster
	// parameter group.
	ParameterGroups []ClusterParameterGroup `locationNameList:"ClusterParameterGroup" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output from the DescribeClusterParameterGroups action.

func (DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput) String 

func (s DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeClusterParameterGroupsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeClusterParameterGroupsPaginator(req DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest) DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPaginator

NewDescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeClusterParameterGroups. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input)
p := redshift.NewDescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput

type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest 

type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest
}

DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest is the request type for the DescribeClusterParameterGroups API operation.

func (DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeClusterParameterGroups API request.

type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse struct {
	*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse is the response type for the DescribeClusterParameterGroups API operation.

func (*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeClusterParameterGroups request.

type DescribeClusterParametersInput 

type DescribeClusterParametersInput struct {

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterParameters request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
	// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
	// the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name of a cluster parameter group for which to return details.
	//
	// ParameterGroupName is a required field
	ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The parameter types to return. Specify user to show parameters that are different
	// form the default. Similarly, specify engine-default to show parameters that
	// are the same as the default parameter group.
	//
	// Default: All parameter types returned.
	//
	// Valid Values: user | engine-default
	Source *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeClusterParametersInput) String 

func (s DescribeClusterParametersInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeClusterParametersInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeClusterParametersInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeClusterParametersOutput 

type DescribeClusterParametersOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of Parameter instances. Each instance lists the parameters of one
	// cluster parameter group.
	Parameters []Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output from the DescribeClusterParameters action.

func (DescribeClusterParametersOutput) String 

func (s DescribeClusterParametersOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClusterParametersPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeClusterParametersPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeClusterParametersPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeClusterParametersPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeClusterParametersPaginator(req DescribeClusterParametersRequest) DescribeClusterParametersPaginator

NewDescribeClusterParametersRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeClusterParameters. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeClusterParametersRequest(input)
p := redshift.NewDescribeClusterParametersRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeClusterParametersPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeClusterParametersPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeClusterParametersOutput

type DescribeClusterParametersRequest 

type DescribeClusterParametersRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeClusterParametersInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeClusterParametersInput) DescribeClusterParametersRequest
}

DescribeClusterParametersRequest is the request type for the DescribeClusterParameters API operation.

func (DescribeClusterParametersRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeClusterParametersRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeClusterParametersResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeClusterParameters API request.

type DescribeClusterParametersResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeClusterParametersResponse struct {
	*DescribeClusterParametersOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeClusterParametersResponse is the response type for the DescribeClusterParameters API operation.

func (*DescribeClusterParametersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeClusterParametersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeClusterParameters request.

type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput 

type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput struct {

	// The name of a cluster security group for which you are requesting details.
	// You can specify either the Marker parameter or a ClusterSecurityGroupName
	// parameter, but not both.
	//
	// Example: securitygroup1
	ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterSecurityGroups request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
	// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
	// the request.
	//
	// Constraints: You can specify either the ClusterSecurityGroupName parameter
	// or the Marker parameter, but not both.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster security
	// groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
	// that you have security groups that are tagged with keys called owner and
	// environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the security groups that have either or
	// both of these tag keys associated with them.
	TagKeys []string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster security
	// groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
	// suppose that you have security groups that are tagged with values called
	// admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the security groups that have either or
	// both of these tag values associated with them.
	TagValues []string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) String 

func (s DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput 

type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput struct {

	// A list of ClusterSecurityGroup instances.
	ClusterSecurityGroups []ClusterSecurityGroup `locationNameList:"ClusterSecurityGroup" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput) String 

func (s DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPaginator(req DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest) DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPaginator

NewDescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeClusterSecurityGroups. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest(input)
p := redshift.NewDescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput

type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest 

type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest
}

DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest is the request type for the DescribeClusterSecurityGroups API operation.

func (DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeClusterSecurityGroups API request.

type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse struct {
	*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse is the response type for the DescribeClusterSecurityGroups API operation.

func (*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeClusterSecurityGroups request.

type DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput 

type DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput struct {

	// A value that indicates whether to return snapshots only for an existing cluster.
	// You can perform table-level restore only by using a snapshot of an existing
	// cluster, that is, a cluster that has not been deleted. Values for this parameter
	// work as follows:
	//
	//    * If ClusterExists is set to true, ClusterIdentifier is required.
	//
	//    * If ClusterExists is set to false and ClusterIdentifier isn't specified,
	//    all snapshots associated with deleted clusters (orphaned snapshots) are
	//    returned.
	//
	//    * If ClusterExists is set to false and ClusterIdentifier is specified
	//    for a deleted cluster, snapshots associated with that cluster are returned.
	//
	//    * If ClusterExists is set to false and ClusterIdentifier is specified
	//    for an existing cluster, no snapshots are returned.
	ClusterExists *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The identifier of the cluster which generated the requested snapshots.
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A time value that requests only snapshots created at or before the specified
	// time. The time value is specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information
	// about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
	//
	// Example: 2012-07-16T18:00:00Z
	EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterSnapshots request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
	// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
	// the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The AWS customer account used to create or copy the snapshot. Use this field
	// to filter the results to snapshots owned by a particular account. To describe
	// snapshots you own, either specify your AWS customer account, or do not specify
	// the parameter.
	OwnerAccount *string `type:"string"`

	// The snapshot identifier of the snapshot about which to return information.
	SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The type of snapshots for which you are requesting information. By default,
	// snapshots of all types are returned.
	//
	// Valid Values: automated | manual
	SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`

	SortingEntities []SnapshotSortingEntity `locationNameList:"SnapshotSortingEntity" type:"list"`

	// A value that requests only snapshots created at or after the specified time.
	// The time value is specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information about
	// ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
	//
	// Example: 2012-07-16T18:00:00Z
	StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster snapshots
	// that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
	// that you have snapshots that are tagged with keys called owner and environment.
	// If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns
	// a response with the snapshots that have either or both of these tag keys
	// associated with them.
	TagKeys []string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster snapshots
	// that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
	// suppose that you have snapshots that are tagged with values called admin
	// and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the snapshots that have either or both of
	// these tag values associated with them.
	TagValues []string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) String 

func (s DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) Validate added in v0.6.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput 

type DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of Snapshot instances.
	Snapshots []Snapshot `locationNameList:"Snapshot" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output from the DescribeClusterSnapshots action.

func (DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput) String 

func (s DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClusterSnapshotsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeClusterSnapshotsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeClusterSnapshotsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeClusterSnapshotsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeClusterSnapshotsPaginator(req DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest) DescribeClusterSnapshotsPaginator

NewDescribeClusterSnapshotsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeClusterSnapshots. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest(input)
p := redshift.NewDescribeClusterSnapshotsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeClusterSnapshotsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput

type DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest 

type DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest
}

DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest is the request type for the DescribeClusterSnapshots API operation.

func (DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeClusterSnapshots API request.

type DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse struct {
	*DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse is the response type for the DescribeClusterSnapshots API operation.

func (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeClusterSnapshotsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeClusterSnapshots request.

type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput 

type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput struct {

	// The name of the cluster subnet group for which information is requested.
	ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterSubnetGroups request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
	// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
	// the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster subnet
	// groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
	// that you have subnet groups that are tagged with keys called owner and environment.
	// If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns
	// a response with the subnet groups that have either or both of these tag keys
	// associated with them.
	TagKeys []string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster subnet
	// groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
	// suppose that you have subnet groups that are tagged with values called admin
	// and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the subnet groups that have either or both
	// of these tag values associated with them.
	TagValues []string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) String 

func (s DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput 

type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput struct {

	// A list of ClusterSubnetGroup instances.
	ClusterSubnetGroups []ClusterSubnetGroup `locationNameList:"ClusterSubnetGroup" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output from the DescribeClusterSubnetGroups action.

func (DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput) String 

func (s DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPaginator(req DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest) DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPaginator

NewDescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeClusterSubnetGroups. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest(input)
p := redshift.NewDescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput

type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest 

type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest
}

DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest is the request type for the DescribeClusterSubnetGroups API operation.

func (DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeClusterSubnetGroups API request.

type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse struct {
	*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse is the response type for the DescribeClusterSubnetGroups API operation.

func (*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeClusterSubnetGroups request.

type DescribeClusterTracksInput added in v0.5.0 

type DescribeClusterTracksInput struct {

	// The name of the maintenance track.
	MaintenanceTrackName *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterTracks request exceed
	// the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Redshift returns a value in the
	// Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
	// the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// An integer value for the maximum number of maintenance tracks to return.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeClusterTracksInput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s DescribeClusterTracksInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClusterTracksOutput added in v0.5.0 

type DescribeClusterTracksOutput struct {

	// A list of maintenance tracks output by the DescribeClusterTracks operation.
	MaintenanceTracks []MaintenanceTrack `locationNameList:"MaintenanceTrack" type:"list"`

	// The starting point to return a set of response tracklist records. You can
	// retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker
	// value in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeClusterTracksOutput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s DescribeClusterTracksOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClusterTracksRequest added in v0.5.0 

type DescribeClusterTracksRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeClusterTracksInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeClusterTracksInput) DescribeClusterTracksRequest
}

DescribeClusterTracksRequest is the request type for the DescribeClusterTracks API operation.

func (DescribeClusterTracksRequest) Send added in v0.5.0 

func (r DescribeClusterTracksRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeClusterTracksResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeClusterTracks API request.

type DescribeClusterTracksResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeClusterTracksResponse struct {
	*DescribeClusterTracksOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeClusterTracksResponse is the response type for the DescribeClusterTracks API operation.

func (*DescribeClusterTracksResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeClusterTracksResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeClusterTracks request.

type DescribeClusterVersionsInput 

type DescribeClusterVersionsInput struct {

	// The name of a specific cluster parameter group family to return details for.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	ClusterParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`

	// The specific cluster version to return.
	//
	// Example: 1.0
	ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterVersions request exceed
	// the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker field
	// of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing
	// the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeClusterVersionsInput) String 

func (s DescribeClusterVersionsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClusterVersionsOutput 

type DescribeClusterVersionsOutput struct {

	// A list of Version elements.
	ClusterVersions []ClusterVersion `locationNameList:"ClusterVersion" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output from the DescribeClusterVersions action.

func (DescribeClusterVersionsOutput) String 

func (s DescribeClusterVersionsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClusterVersionsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeClusterVersionsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeClusterVersionsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeClusterVersionsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeClusterVersionsPaginator(req DescribeClusterVersionsRequest) DescribeClusterVersionsPaginator

NewDescribeClusterVersionsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeClusterVersions. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeClusterVersionsRequest(input)
p := redshift.NewDescribeClusterVersionsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeClusterVersionsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeClusterVersionsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeClusterVersionsOutput

type DescribeClusterVersionsRequest 

type DescribeClusterVersionsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeClusterVersionsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeClusterVersionsInput) DescribeClusterVersionsRequest
}

DescribeClusterVersionsRequest is the request type for the DescribeClusterVersions API operation.

func (DescribeClusterVersionsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeClusterVersionsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeClusterVersionsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeClusterVersions API request.

type DescribeClusterVersionsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeClusterVersionsResponse struct {
	*DescribeClusterVersionsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeClusterVersionsResponse is the response type for the DescribeClusterVersions API operation.

func (*DescribeClusterVersionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeClusterVersionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeClusterVersions request.

type DescribeClustersInput 

type DescribeClustersInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of a cluster whose properties you are requesting. This
	// parameter is case sensitive.
	//
	// The default is that all clusters defined for an account are returned.
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusters request exceed the
	// value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker field of
	// the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing
	// the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
	//
	// Constraints: You can specify either the ClusterIdentifier parameter or the
	// Marker parameter, but not both.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching clusters that
	// are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that
	// you have clusters that are tagged with keys called owner and environment.
	// If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns
	// a response with the clusters that have either or both of these tag keys associated
	// with them.
	TagKeys []string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching clusters
	// that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
	// suppose that you have clusters that are tagged with values called admin and
	// test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift
	// returns a response with the clusters that have either or both of these tag
	// values associated with them.
	TagValues []string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeClustersInput) String 

func (s DescribeClustersInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClustersOutput 

type DescribeClustersOutput struct {

	// A list of Cluster objects, where each object describes one cluster.
	Clusters []Cluster `locationNameList:"Cluster" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output from the DescribeClusters action.

func (DescribeClustersOutput) String 

func (s DescribeClustersOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClustersPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeClustersPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeClustersPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeClustersPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeClustersPaginator(req DescribeClustersRequest) DescribeClustersPaginator

NewDescribeClustersRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeClusters. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeClustersRequest(input)
p := redshift.NewDescribeClustersRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeClustersPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeClustersPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeClustersOutput

type DescribeClustersRequest 

type DescribeClustersRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeClustersInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeClustersInput) DescribeClustersRequest
}

DescribeClustersRequest is the request type for the DescribeClusters API operation.

func (DescribeClustersRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeClustersRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeClustersResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeClusters API request.

type DescribeClustersResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeClustersResponse struct {
	*DescribeClustersOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeClustersResponse is the response type for the DescribeClusters API operation.

func (*DescribeClustersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeClustersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeClusters request.

type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput 

type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput struct {

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeDefaultClusterParameters
	// request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in
	// the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response
	// records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and
	// retrying the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name of the cluster parameter group family.
	//
	// ParameterGroupFamily is a required field
	ParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) String 

func (s DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput 

type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput struct {

	// Describes the default cluster parameters for a parameter group family.
	DefaultClusterParameters *DefaultClusterParameters `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput) String 

func (s DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeDefaultClusterParametersPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeDefaultClusterParametersPaginator(req DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest) DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPaginator

NewDescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeDefaultClusterParameters. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input)
p := redshift.NewDescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput

type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest 

type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest
}

DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest is the request type for the DescribeDefaultClusterParameters API operation.

func (DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeDefaultClusterParameters API request.

type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse struct {
	*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse is the response type for the DescribeDefaultClusterParameters API operation.

func (*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeDefaultClusterParameters request.

type DescribeEventCategoriesInput 

type DescribeEventCategoriesInput struct {

	// The source type, such as cluster or parameter group, to which the described
	// event categories apply.
	//
	// Valid values: cluster, cluster-snapshot, cluster-parameter-group, and cluster-security-group.
	SourceType *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeEventCategoriesInput) String 

func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeEventCategoriesOutput 

type DescribeEventCategoriesOutput struct {

	// A list of event categories descriptions.
	EventCategoriesMapList []EventCategoriesMap `locationNameList:"EventCategoriesMap" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) String 

func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeEventCategoriesRequest 

type DescribeEventCategoriesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeEventCategoriesInput) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest
}

DescribeEventCategoriesRequest is the request type for the DescribeEventCategories API operation.

func (DescribeEventCategoriesRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeEventCategoriesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeEventCategoriesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeEventCategories API request.

type DescribeEventCategoriesResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeEventCategoriesResponse struct {
	*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeEventCategoriesResponse is the response type for the DescribeEventCategories API operation.

func (*DescribeEventCategoriesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeEventCategoriesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeEventCategories request.

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput 

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput struct {

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeEventSubscriptions request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
	// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
	// the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription to be described.
	SubscriptionName *string `type:"string"`

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching event notification
	// subscriptions that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example,
	// suppose that you have subscriptions that are tagged with keys called owner
	// and environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the subscriptions that have either or both
	// of these tag keys associated with them.
	TagKeys []string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching event notification
	// subscriptions that are associated with the specified tag value or values.
	// For example, suppose that you have subscriptions that are tagged with values
	// called admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request,
	// Amazon Redshift returns a response with the subscriptions that have either
	// or both of these tag values associated with them.
	TagValues []string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) String 

func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput 

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput struct {

	// A list of event subscriptions.
	EventSubscriptionsList []EventSubscription `locationNameList:"EventSubscription" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) String 

func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator(req DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator

NewDescribeEventSubscriptionsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeEventSubscriptions. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input)
p := redshift.NewDescribeEventSubscriptionsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest 

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest
}

DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest is the request type for the DescribeEventSubscriptions API operation.

func (DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeEventSubscriptions API request.

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse struct {
	*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse is the response type for the DescribeEventSubscriptions API operation.

func (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeEventSubscriptions request.

type DescribeEventsInput 

type DescribeEventsInput struct {

	// The number of minutes prior to the time of the request for which to retrieve
	// events. For example, if the request is sent at 18:00 and you specify a duration
	// of 60, then only events which have occurred after 17:00 will be returned.
	//
	// Default: 60
	Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in ISO
	// 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia
	// page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
	//
	// Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
	EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeEvents request exceed the
	// value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker field of
	// the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing
	// the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The identifier of the event source for which events will be returned. If
	// this parameter is not specified, then all sources are included in the response.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	// If SourceIdentifier is supplied, SourceType must also be provided.
	//
	//    * Specify a cluster identifier when SourceType is cluster.
	//
	//    * Specify a cluster security group name when SourceType is cluster-security-group.
	//
	//    * Specify a cluster parameter group name when SourceType is cluster-parameter-group.
	//
	//    * Specify a cluster snapshot identifier when SourceType is cluster-snapshot.
	SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all events
	// are returned.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	// If SourceType is supplied, SourceIdentifier must also be provided.
	//
	//    * Specify cluster when SourceIdentifier is a cluster identifier.
	//
	//    * Specify cluster-security-group when SourceIdentifier is a cluster security
	//    group name.
	//
	//    * Specify cluster-parameter-group when SourceIdentifier is a cluster parameter
	//    group name.
	//
	//    * Specify cluster-snapshot when SourceIdentifier is a cluster snapshot
	//    identifier.
	SourceType SourceType `type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in ISO
	// 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia
	// page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
	//
	// Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
	StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeEventsInput) String 

func (s DescribeEventsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeEventsOutput 

type DescribeEventsOutput struct {

	// A list of Event instances.
	Events []Event `locationNameList:"Event" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeEventsOutput) String 

func (s DescribeEventsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeEventsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeEventsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeEventsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeEventsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeEventsPaginator(req DescribeEventsRequest) DescribeEventsPaginator

NewDescribeEventsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeEvents. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeEventsRequest(input)
p := redshift.NewDescribeEventsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeEventsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeEventsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeEventsOutput

type DescribeEventsRequest 

type DescribeEventsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeEventsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeEventsInput) DescribeEventsRequest
}

DescribeEventsRequest is the request type for the DescribeEvents API operation.

func (DescribeEventsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeEventsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeEventsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeEvents API request.

type DescribeEventsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeEventsResponse struct {
	*DescribeEventsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeEventsResponse is the response type for the DescribeEvents API operation.

func (*DescribeEventsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeEventsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeEvents request.

type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput 

type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput struct {

	// The identifier of a specific HSM client certificate for which you want information.
	// If no identifier is specified, information is returned for all HSM client
	// certificates owned by your AWS customer account.
	HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeHsmClientCertificates request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
	// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
	// the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching HSM client certificates
	// that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
	// that you have HSM client certificates that are tagged with keys called owner
	// and environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the HSM client certificates that have either
	// or both of these tag keys associated with them.
	TagKeys []string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching HSM client
	// certificates that are associated with the specified tag value or values.
	// For example, suppose that you have HSM client certificates that are tagged
	// with values called admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values
	// in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the HSM client certificates
	// that have either or both of these tag values associated with them.
	TagValues []string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) String 

func (s DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput 

type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput struct {

	// A list of the identifiers for one or more HSM client certificates used by
	// Amazon Redshift clusters to store and retrieve database encryption keys in
	// an HSM.
	HsmClientCertificates []HsmClientCertificate `locationNameList:"HsmClientCertificate" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput) String 

func (s DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeHsmClientCertificatesPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeHsmClientCertificatesPaginator(req DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest) DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPaginator

NewDescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeHsmClientCertificates. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest(input)
p := redshift.NewDescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput

type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest 

type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest
}

DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest is the request type for the DescribeHsmClientCertificates API operation.

func (DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeHsmClientCertificates API request.

type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse struct {
	*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse is the response type for the DescribeHsmClientCertificates API operation.

func (*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeHsmClientCertificates request.

type DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput 

type DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput struct {

	// The identifier of a specific Amazon Redshift HSM configuration to be described.
	// If no identifier is specified, information is returned for all HSM configurations
	// owned by your AWS customer account.
	HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeHsmConfigurations request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
	// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
	// the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching HSM configurations
	// that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
	// that you have HSM configurations that are tagged with keys called owner and
	// environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the HSM configurations that have either
	// or both of these tag keys associated with them.
	TagKeys []string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching HSM configurations
	// that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
	// suppose that you have HSM configurations that are tagged with values called
	// admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the HSM configurations that have either
	// or both of these tag values associated with them.
	TagValues []string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) String 

func (s DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput 

type DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput struct {

	// A list of HsmConfiguration objects.
	HsmConfigurations []HsmConfiguration `locationNameList:"HsmConfiguration" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput) String 

func (s DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeHsmConfigurationsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeHsmConfigurationsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeHsmConfigurationsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeHsmConfigurationsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeHsmConfigurationsPaginator(req DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest) DescribeHsmConfigurationsPaginator

NewDescribeHsmConfigurationsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeHsmConfigurations. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest(input)
p := redshift.NewDescribeHsmConfigurationsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeHsmConfigurationsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeHsmConfigurationsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput

type DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest 

type DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest
}

DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest is the request type for the DescribeHsmConfigurations API operation.

func (DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeHsmConfigurations API request.

type DescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse struct {
	*DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse is the response type for the DescribeHsmConfigurations API operation.

func (*DescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeHsmConfigurationsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeHsmConfigurations request.

type DescribeLoggingStatusInput 

type DescribeLoggingStatusInput struct {

	// The identifier of the cluster from which to get the logging status.
	//
	// Example: examplecluster
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeLoggingStatusInput) String 

func (s DescribeLoggingStatusInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeLoggingStatusInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeLoggingStatusInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeLoggingStatusOutput added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeLoggingStatusOutput struct {

	// The name of the S3 bucket where the log files are stored.
	BucketName *string `type:"string"`

	// The message indicating that logs failed to be delivered.
	LastFailureMessage *string `type:"string"`

	// The last time when logs failed to be delivered.
	LastFailureTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The last time that logs were delivered.
	LastSuccessfulDeliveryTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// true if logging is on, false if logging is off.
	LoggingEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The prefix applied to the log file names.
	S3KeyPrefix *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the status of logging for a cluster.

func (DescribeLoggingStatusOutput) String added in v0.9.0 

func (s DescribeLoggingStatusOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeLoggingStatusRequest 

type DescribeLoggingStatusRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeLoggingStatusInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeLoggingStatusInput) DescribeLoggingStatusRequest
}

DescribeLoggingStatusRequest is the request type for the DescribeLoggingStatus API operation.

func (DescribeLoggingStatusRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeLoggingStatusRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeLoggingStatusResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeLoggingStatus API request.

type DescribeLoggingStatusResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeLoggingStatusResponse struct {
	*DescribeLoggingStatusOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeLoggingStatusResponse is the response type for the DescribeLoggingStatus API operation.

func (*DescribeLoggingStatusResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeLoggingStatusResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeLoggingStatus request.

type DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsInput added in v0.13.0 

type DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsInput struct {

	// The action type to evaluate for possible node configurations. Currently,
	// it must be "restore-cluster".
	//
	// ActionType is a required field
	ActionType ActionType `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"true"`

	// A set of name, operator, and value items to filter the results.
	Filters []NodeConfigurationOptionsFilter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"NodeConfigurationOptionsFilter" type:"list"`

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions
	// request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in
	// the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response
	// records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and
	// retrying the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 500
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 100, maximum 500.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The AWS customer account used to create or copy the snapshot. Required if
	// you are restoring a snapshot you do not own, optional if you own the snapshot.
	OwnerAccount *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier of the snapshot to evaluate for possible node configurations.
	SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsInput) String added in v0.13.0 

func (s DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsInput) Validate added in v0.13.0 

func (s *DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsOutput added in v0.13.0 

type DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of valid node configurations.
	NodeConfigurationOptionList []NodeConfigurationOption `locationNameList:"NodeConfigurationOption" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsOutput) String added in v0.13.0 

func (s DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsPaginator added in v0.13.0 

type DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsPaginator added in v0.13.0 

func NewDescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsPaginator(req DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsRequest) DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsPaginator

NewDescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsRequest(input)
p := redshift.NewDescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.13.0 

func (p *DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsOutput

type DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsRequest added in v0.13.0 

type DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsInput) DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsRequest
}

DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsRequest is the request type for the DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions API operation.

func (DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsRequest) Send added in v0.13.0 

func (r DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions API request.

type DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsResponse added in v0.13.0 

type DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsResponse struct {
	*DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsResponse is the response type for the DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions API operation.

func (*DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.13.0 

func (r *DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions request.

type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput 

type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput struct {

	// The version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
	// offerings matching the specified version.
	//
	// Default: All versions.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be one of the version returned from DescribeClusterVersions.
	ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeOrderableClusterOptions request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
	// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
	// the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The node type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
	// offerings matching the specified node type.
	NodeType *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) String 

func (s DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput 

type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// An OrderableClusterOption structure containing information about orderable
	// options for the cluster.
	OrderableClusterOptions []OrderableClusterOption `locationNameList:"OrderableClusterOption" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output from the DescribeOrderableClusterOptions action.

func (DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput) String 

func (s DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPaginator(req DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest) DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPaginator

NewDescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeOrderableClusterOptions. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest(input)
p := redshift.NewDescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput

type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest 

type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest
}

DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest is the request type for the DescribeOrderableClusterOptions API operation.

func (DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeOrderableClusterOptions API request.

type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse struct {
	*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse is the response type for the DescribeOrderableClusterOptions API operation.

func (*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeOrderableClusterOptions request.

type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput 

type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput struct {

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeReservedNodeOfferings request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
	// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
	// the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The unique identifier for the offering.
	ReservedNodeOfferingId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) String 

func (s DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput 

type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of ReservedNodeOffering objects.
	ReservedNodeOfferings []ReservedNodeOffering `locationNameList:"ReservedNodeOffering" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput) String 

func (s DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPaginator(req DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest) DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPaginator

NewDescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeReservedNodeOfferings. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest(input)
p := redshift.NewDescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput

type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest 

type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest
}

DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest is the request type for the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings API operation.

func (DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings API request.

type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse struct {
	*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse is the response type for the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings API operation.

func (*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings request.

type DescribeReservedNodesInput 

type DescribeReservedNodesInput struct {

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeReservedNodes request exceed
	// the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker field
	// of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing
	// the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Identifier for the node reservation.
	ReservedNodeId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeReservedNodesInput) String 

func (s DescribeReservedNodesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeReservedNodesOutput 

type DescribeReservedNodesOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of ReservedNode objects.
	ReservedNodes []ReservedNode `locationNameList:"ReservedNode" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeReservedNodesOutput) String 

func (s DescribeReservedNodesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeReservedNodesPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeReservedNodesPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeReservedNodesPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeReservedNodesPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeReservedNodesPaginator(req DescribeReservedNodesRequest) DescribeReservedNodesPaginator

NewDescribeReservedNodesRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeReservedNodes. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeReservedNodesRequest(input)
p := redshift.NewDescribeReservedNodesRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeReservedNodesPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeReservedNodesPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeReservedNodesOutput

type DescribeReservedNodesRequest 

type DescribeReservedNodesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeReservedNodesInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeReservedNodesInput) DescribeReservedNodesRequest
}

DescribeReservedNodesRequest is the request type for the DescribeReservedNodes API operation.

func (DescribeReservedNodesRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeReservedNodesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeReservedNodesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeReservedNodes API request.

type DescribeReservedNodesResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeReservedNodesResponse struct {
	*DescribeReservedNodesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeReservedNodesResponse is the response type for the DescribeReservedNodes API operation.

func (*DescribeReservedNodesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeReservedNodesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeReservedNodes request.

type DescribeResizeInput 

type DescribeResizeInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of a cluster whose resize progress you are requesting.
	// This parameter is case-sensitive.
	//
	// By default, resize operations for all clusters defined for an AWS account
	// are returned.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeResizeInput) String 

func (s DescribeResizeInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeResizeInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeResizeInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeResizeOutput 

type DescribeResizeOutput struct {

	// The average rate of the resize operation over the last few minutes, measured
	// in megabytes per second. After the resize operation completes, this value
	// shows the average rate of the entire resize operation.
	AvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The percent of data transferred from source cluster to target cluster.
	DataTransferProgressPercent *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The amount of seconds that have elapsed since the resize operation began.
	// After the resize operation completes, this value shows the total actual time,
	// in seconds, for the resize operation.
	ElapsedTimeInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The estimated time remaining, in seconds, until the resize operation is complete.
	// This value is calculated based on the average resize rate and the estimated
	// amount of data remaining to be processed. Once the resize operation is complete,
	// this value will be 0.
	EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The names of tables that have been completely imported .
	//
	// Valid Values: List of table names.
	ImportTablesCompleted []string `type:"list"`

	// The names of tables that are being currently imported.
	//
	// Valid Values: List of table names.
	ImportTablesInProgress []string `type:"list"`

	// The names of tables that have not been yet imported.
	//
	// Valid Values: List of table names
	ImportTablesNotStarted []string `type:"list"`

	// An optional string to provide additional details about the resize action.
	Message *string `type:"string"`

	// While the resize operation is in progress, this value shows the current amount
	// of data, in megabytes, that has been processed so far. When the resize operation
	// is complete, this value shows the total amount of data, in megabytes, on
	// the cluster, which may be more or less than TotalResizeDataInMegaBytes (the
	// estimated total amount of data before resize).
	ProgressInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`

	// An enum with possible values of ClassicResize and ElasticResize. These values
	// describe the type of resize operation being performed.
	ResizeType *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the resize operation.
	//
	// Valid Values: NONE | IN_PROGRESS | FAILED | SUCCEEDED | CANCELLING
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The cluster type after the resize operation is complete.
	//
	// Valid Values: multi-node | single-node
	TargetClusterType *string `type:"string"`

	// The type of encryption for the cluster after the resize is complete.
	//
	// Possible values are KMS and None. In the China region possible values are:
	// Legacy and None.
	TargetEncryptionType *string `type:"string"`

	// The node type that the cluster will have after the resize operation is complete.
	TargetNodeType *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of nodes that the cluster will have after the resize operation
	// is complete.
	TargetNumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The estimated total amount of data, in megabytes, on the cluster before the
	// resize operation began.
	TotalResizeDataInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the result of a cluster resize operation.

func (DescribeResizeOutput) String 

func (s DescribeResizeOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeResizeRequest 

type DescribeResizeRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeResizeInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeResizeInput) DescribeResizeRequest
}

DescribeResizeRequest is the request type for the DescribeResize API operation.

func (DescribeResizeRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeResizeRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeResizeResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeResize API request.

type DescribeResizeResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeResizeResponse struct {
	*DescribeResizeOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeResizeResponse is the response type for the DescribeResize API operation.

func (*DescribeResizeResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeResizeResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeResize request.

type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput 

type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput struct {

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeSnapshotCopyGrant request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
	// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
	// the request.
	//
	// Constraints: You can specify either the SnapshotCopyGrantName parameter or
	// the Marker parameter, but not both.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name of the snapshot copy grant.
	SnapshotCopyGrantName *string `type:"string"`

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching resources that
	// are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that
	// you have resources tagged with keys called owner and environment. If you
	// specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a
	// response with all resources that have either or both of these tag keys associated
	// with them.
	TagKeys []string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching resources
	// that are associated with the specified value or values. For example, suppose
	// that you have resources tagged with values called admin and test. If you
	// specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns
	// a response with all resources that have either or both of these tag values
	// associated with them.
	TagValues []string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The result of the DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants action.

func (DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) String 

func (s DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput 

type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput struct {

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeSnapshotCopyGrant request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
	// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
	// the request.
	//
	// Constraints: You can specify either the SnapshotCopyGrantName parameter or
	// the Marker parameter, but not both.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of SnapshotCopyGrant objects.
	SnapshotCopyGrants []SnapshotCopyGrant `locationNameList:"SnapshotCopyGrant" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput) String 

func (s DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest 

type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest
}

DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest is the request type for the DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants API operation.

func (DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants API request.

type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse struct {
	*DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse is the response type for the DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants API operation.

func (*DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants request.

type DescribeSnapshotSchedulesInput added in v0.6.0 

type DescribeSnapshotSchedulesInput struct {

	// The unique identifier for the cluster whose snapshot schedules you want to
	// view.
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number or response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A unique identifier for a snapshot schedule.
	ScheduleIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The key value for a snapshot schedule tag.
	TagKeys []string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`

	// The value corresponding to the key of the snapshot schedule tag.
	TagValues []string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeSnapshotSchedulesInput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s DescribeSnapshotSchedulesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeSnapshotSchedulesOutput added in v0.6.0 

type DescribeSnapshotSchedulesOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of SnapshotSchedules.
	SnapshotSchedules []SnapshotSchedule `locationNameList:"SnapshotSchedule" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeSnapshotSchedulesOutput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s DescribeSnapshotSchedulesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeSnapshotSchedulesRequest added in v0.6.0 

type DescribeSnapshotSchedulesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeSnapshotSchedulesInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeSnapshotSchedulesInput) DescribeSnapshotSchedulesRequest
}

DescribeSnapshotSchedulesRequest is the request type for the DescribeSnapshotSchedules API operation.

func (DescribeSnapshotSchedulesRequest) Send added in v0.6.0 

func (r DescribeSnapshotSchedulesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeSnapshotSchedulesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeSnapshotSchedules API request.

type DescribeSnapshotSchedulesResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeSnapshotSchedulesResponse struct {
	*DescribeSnapshotSchedulesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeSnapshotSchedulesResponse is the response type for the DescribeSnapshotSchedules API operation.

func (*DescribeSnapshotSchedulesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeSnapshotSchedulesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeSnapshotSchedules request.

type DescribeStorageInput added in v0.6.0 

type DescribeStorageInput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeStorageInput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s DescribeStorageInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeStorageOutput added in v0.6.0 

type DescribeStorageOutput struct {

	// The total amount of storage currently used for snapshots.
	TotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The total amount of storage currently provisioned.
	TotalProvisionedStorageInMegaBytes *float64 `type:"double"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeStorageOutput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s DescribeStorageOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeStorageRequest added in v0.6.0 

type DescribeStorageRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeStorageInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeStorageInput) DescribeStorageRequest
}

DescribeStorageRequest is the request type for the DescribeStorage API operation.

func (DescribeStorageRequest) Send added in v0.6.0 

func (r DescribeStorageRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeStorageResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeStorage API request.

type DescribeStorageResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeStorageResponse struct {
	*DescribeStorageOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeStorageResponse is the response type for the DescribeStorage API operation.

func (*DescribeStorageResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeStorageResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeStorage request.

type DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput 

type DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput struct {

	// The Amazon Redshift cluster that the table is being restored to.
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeTableRestoreStatus
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by the MaxRecords parameter.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The identifier of the table restore request to return status for. If you
	// don't specify a TableRestoreRequestId value, then DescribeTableRestoreStatus
	// returns the status of all in-progress table restore requests.
	TableRestoreRequestId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) String 

func (s DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput 

type DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput struct {

	// A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeTableRestoreStatus
	// request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of status details for one or more table restore requests.
	TableRestoreStatusDetails []TableRestoreStatus `locationNameList:"TableRestoreStatus" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput) String 

func (s DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest 

type DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest
}

DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest is the request type for the DescribeTableRestoreStatus API operation.

func (DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeTableRestoreStatusResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeTableRestoreStatus API request.

type DescribeTableRestoreStatusResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeTableRestoreStatusResponse struct {
	*DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeTableRestoreStatusResponse is the response type for the DescribeTableRestoreStatus API operation.

func (*DescribeTableRestoreStatusResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeTableRestoreStatusResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeTableRestoreStatus request.

type DescribeTagsInput 

type DescribeTagsInput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number or response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for which you want to describe the tag or
	// tags. For example, arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1.
	ResourceName *string `type:"string"`

	// The type of resource with which you want to view tags. Valid resource types
	// are:
	//
	//    * Cluster
	//
	//    * CIDR/IP
	//
	//    * EC2 security group
	//
	//    * Snapshot
	//
	//    * Cluster security group
	//
	//    * Subnet group
	//
	//    * HSM connection
	//
	//    * HSM certificate
	//
	//    * Parameter group
	//
	//    * Snapshot copy grant
	//
	// For more information about Amazon Redshift resource types and constructing
	// ARNs, go to Specifying Policy Elements: Actions, Effects, Resources, and
	// Principals (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/redshift-iam-access-control-overview.html#redshift-iam-access-control-specify-actions)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ResourceType *string `type:"string"`

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching resources that
	// are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that
	// you have resources tagged with keys called owner and environment. If you
	// specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a
	// response with all resources that have either or both of these tag keys associated
	// with them.
	TagKeys []string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching resources
	// that are associated with the specified value or values. For example, suppose
	// that you have resources tagged with values called admin and test. If you
	// specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns
	// a response with all resources that have either or both of these tag values
	// associated with them.
	TagValues []string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeTagsInput) String 

func (s DescribeTagsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeTagsOutput 

type DescribeTagsOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of tags with their associated resources.
	TaggedResources []TaggedResource `locationNameList:"TaggedResource" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeTagsOutput) String 

func (s DescribeTagsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeTagsRequest 

type DescribeTagsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeTagsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeTagsInput) DescribeTagsRequest
}

DescribeTagsRequest is the request type for the DescribeTags API operation.

func (DescribeTagsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeTagsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeTagsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeTags API request.

type DescribeTagsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeTagsResponse struct {
	*DescribeTagsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeTagsResponse is the response type for the DescribeTags API operation.

func (*DescribeTagsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeTagsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeTags request.

type DisableLoggingInput 

type DisableLoggingInput struct {

	// The identifier of the cluster on which logging is to be stopped.
	//
	// Example: examplecluster
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DisableLoggingInput) String 

func (s DisableLoggingInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DisableLoggingInput) Validate 

func (s *DisableLoggingInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DisableLoggingOutput added in v0.9.0 

type DisableLoggingOutput struct {

	// The name of the S3 bucket where the log files are stored.
	BucketName *string `type:"string"`

	// The message indicating that logs failed to be delivered.
	LastFailureMessage *string `type:"string"`

	// The last time when logs failed to be delivered.
	LastFailureTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The last time that logs were delivered.
	LastSuccessfulDeliveryTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// true if logging is on, false if logging is off.
	LoggingEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The prefix applied to the log file names.
	S3KeyPrefix *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the status of logging for a cluster.

func (DisableLoggingOutput) String added in v0.9.0 

func (s DisableLoggingOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DisableLoggingRequest 

type DisableLoggingRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DisableLoggingInput
	Copy  func(*DisableLoggingInput) DisableLoggingRequest
}

DisableLoggingRequest is the request type for the DisableLogging API operation.

func (DisableLoggingRequest) Send 

func (r DisableLoggingRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DisableLoggingResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DisableLogging API request.

type DisableLoggingResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DisableLoggingResponse struct {
	*DisableLoggingOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DisableLoggingResponse is the response type for the DisableLogging API operation.

func (*DisableLoggingResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DisableLoggingResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DisableLogging request.

type DisableSnapshotCopyInput 

type DisableSnapshotCopyInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the source cluster that you want to disable copying
	// of snapshots to a destination region.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that has cross-region
	// snapshot copy enabled.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DisableSnapshotCopyInput) String 

func (s DisableSnapshotCopyInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DisableSnapshotCopyInput) Validate 

func (s *DisableSnapshotCopyInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DisableSnapshotCopyOutput 

type DisableSnapshotCopyOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DisableSnapshotCopyOutput) String 

func (s DisableSnapshotCopyOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DisableSnapshotCopyRequest 

type DisableSnapshotCopyRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DisableSnapshotCopyInput
	Copy  func(*DisableSnapshotCopyInput) DisableSnapshotCopyRequest
}

DisableSnapshotCopyRequest is the request type for the DisableSnapshotCopy API operation.

func (DisableSnapshotCopyRequest) Send 

func (r DisableSnapshotCopyRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DisableSnapshotCopyResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DisableSnapshotCopy API request.

type DisableSnapshotCopyResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DisableSnapshotCopyResponse struct {
	*DisableSnapshotCopyOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DisableSnapshotCopyResponse is the response type for the DisableSnapshotCopy API operation.

func (*DisableSnapshotCopyResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DisableSnapshotCopyResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DisableSnapshotCopy request.

type EC2SecurityGroup 

type EC2SecurityGroup struct {

	// The name of the EC2 Security Group.
	EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS ID of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in the EC2SecurityGroupName
	// field.
	EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the EC2 security group.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of tags for the EC2 security group.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes an Amazon EC2 security group.

func (EC2SecurityGroup) String 

func (s EC2SecurityGroup) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ElasticIpStatus 

type ElasticIpStatus struct {

	// The elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster.
	ElasticIp *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the elastic IP (EIP) address.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the status of the elastic IP (EIP) address.

func (ElasticIpStatus) String 

func (s ElasticIpStatus) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EnableLoggingInput 

type EnableLoggingInput struct {

	// The name of an existing S3 bucket where the log files are to be stored.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be in the same region as the cluster
	//
	//    * The cluster must have read bucket and put object permissions
	//
	// BucketName is a required field
	BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier of the cluster on which logging is to be started.
	//
	// Example: examplecluster
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The prefix applied to the log file names.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Cannot exceed 512 characters
	//
	//    * Cannot contain spaces( ), double quotes ("), single quotes ('), a backslash
	//    (\), or control characters. The hexadecimal codes for invalid characters
	//    are: x00 to x20 x22 x27 x5c x7f or larger
	S3KeyPrefix *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (EnableLoggingInput) String 

func (s EnableLoggingInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*EnableLoggingInput) Validate 

func (s *EnableLoggingInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type EnableLoggingOutput 

type EnableLoggingOutput struct {

	// The name of the S3 bucket where the log files are stored.
	BucketName *string `type:"string"`

	// The message indicating that logs failed to be delivered.
	LastFailureMessage *string `type:"string"`

	// The last time when logs failed to be delivered.
	LastFailureTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The last time that logs were delivered.
	LastSuccessfulDeliveryTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// true if logging is on, false if logging is off.
	LoggingEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The prefix applied to the log file names.
	S3KeyPrefix *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the status of logging for a cluster.

func (EnableLoggingOutput) String 

func (s EnableLoggingOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EnableLoggingRequest 

type EnableLoggingRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *EnableLoggingInput
	Copy  func(*EnableLoggingInput) EnableLoggingRequest
}

EnableLoggingRequest is the request type for the EnableLogging API operation.

func (EnableLoggingRequest) Send 

func (r EnableLoggingRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*EnableLoggingResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the EnableLogging API request.

type EnableLoggingResponse added in v0.9.0 

type EnableLoggingResponse struct {
	*EnableLoggingOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

EnableLoggingResponse is the response type for the EnableLogging API operation.

func (*EnableLoggingResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *EnableLoggingResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the EnableLogging request.

type EnableSnapshotCopyInput 

type EnableSnapshotCopyInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the source cluster to copy snapshots from.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that does not
	// already have cross-region snapshot copy enabled.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The destination AWS Region that you want to copy snapshots to.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be the name of a valid AWS Region. For more information,
	// see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#redshift_region)
	// in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	//
	// DestinationRegion is a required field
	DestinationRegion *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The number of days to retain newly copied snapshots in the destination AWS
	// Region after they are copied from the source AWS Region. If the value is
	// -1, the manual snapshot is retained indefinitely.
	//
	// The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653.
	ManualSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination region
	// after they are copied from the source region.
	//
	// Default: 7.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be at least 1 and no more than 35.
	RetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name of the snapshot copy grant to use when snapshots of an AWS KMS-encrypted
	// cluster are copied to the destination region.
	SnapshotCopyGrantName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (EnableSnapshotCopyInput) String 

func (s EnableSnapshotCopyInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*EnableSnapshotCopyInput) Validate 

func (s *EnableSnapshotCopyInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type EnableSnapshotCopyOutput 

type EnableSnapshotCopyOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (EnableSnapshotCopyOutput) String 

func (s EnableSnapshotCopyOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EnableSnapshotCopyRequest 

type EnableSnapshotCopyRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *EnableSnapshotCopyInput
	Copy  func(*EnableSnapshotCopyInput) EnableSnapshotCopyRequest
}

EnableSnapshotCopyRequest is the request type for the EnableSnapshotCopy API operation.

func (EnableSnapshotCopyRequest) Send 

func (r EnableSnapshotCopyRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*EnableSnapshotCopyResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the EnableSnapshotCopy API request.

type EnableSnapshotCopyResponse added in v0.9.0 

type EnableSnapshotCopyResponse struct {
	*EnableSnapshotCopyOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

EnableSnapshotCopyResponse is the response type for the EnableSnapshotCopy API operation.

func (*EnableSnapshotCopyResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *EnableSnapshotCopyResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the EnableSnapshotCopy request.

type Endpoint 

type Endpoint struct {

	// The DNS address of the Cluster.
	Address *string `type:"string"`

	// The port that the database engine is listening on.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a connection endpoint.

func (Endpoint) String 

func (s Endpoint) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Event 

type Event struct {

	// The date and time of the event.
	Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// A list of the event categories.
	//
	// Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security
	EventCategories []string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// The identifier of the event.
	EventId *string `type:"string"`

	// The text of this event.
	Message *string `type:"string"`

	// The severity of the event.
	//
	// Values: ERROR, INFO
	Severity *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier for the source of the event.
	SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The source type for this event.
	SourceType SourceType `type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes an event.

func (Event) String 

func (s Event) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EventCategoriesMap 

type EventCategoriesMap struct {

	// The events in the event category.
	Events []EventInfoMap `locationNameList:"EventInfoMap" type:"list"`

	// The source type, such as cluster or cluster-snapshot, that the returned categories
	// belong to.
	SourceType *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes event categories.

func (EventCategoriesMap) String 

func (s EventCategoriesMap) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EventInfoMap 

type EventInfoMap struct {

	// The category of an Amazon Redshift event.
	EventCategories []string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// The description of an Amazon Redshift event.
	EventDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier of an Amazon Redshift event.
	EventId *string `type:"string"`

	// The severity of the event.
	//
	// Values: ERROR, INFO
	Severity *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes event information.

func (EventInfoMap) String 

func (s EventInfoMap) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EventSubscription 

type EventSubscription struct {

	// The name of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
	CustSubscriptionId *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS customer account associated with the Amazon Redshift event notification
	// subscription.
	CustomerAwsId *string `type:"string"`

	// A boolean value indicating whether the subscription is enabled; true indicates
	// that the subscription is enabled.
	Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The list of Amazon Redshift event categories specified in the event notification
	// subscription.
	//
	// Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security
	EventCategoriesList []string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// The event severity specified in the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
	//
	// Values: ERROR, INFO
	Severity *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic used by the event
	// notification subscription.
	SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of the sources that publish events to the Amazon Redshift event notification
	// subscription.
	SourceIdsList []string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"`

	// The source type of the events returned the Amazon Redshift event notification,
	// such as cluster, or cluster-snapshot.
	SourceType *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Can be one of the following: active | no-permission | topic-not-exist
	//
	//    * The status "no-permission" indicates that Amazon Redshift no longer
	//    has permission to post to the Amazon SNS topic. The status "topic-not-exist"
	//    indicates that the topic was deleted after the subscription was created.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The date and time the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription was
	// created.
	SubscriptionCreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The list of tags for the event subscription.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes event subscriptions.

func (EventSubscription) String 

func (s EventSubscription) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetClusterCredentialsInput 

type GetClusterCredentialsInput struct {

	// Create a database user with the name specified for the user named in DbUser
	// if one does not exist.
	AutoCreate *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The unique identifier of the cluster that contains the database for which
	// your are requesting credentials. This parameter is case sensitive.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of the names of existing database groups that the user named in DbUser
	// will join for the current session, in addition to any group memberships for
	// an existing user. If not specified, a new user is added only to PUBLIC.
	//
	// Database group name constraints
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//    * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, underscore, plus sign,
	//    period (dot), at symbol (@), or hyphen.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Must not contain a colon ( : ) or slash ( / ).
	//
	//    * Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in
	//    Reserved Words (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html)
	//    in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
	DbGroups []string `locationNameList:"DbGroup" type:"list"`

	// The name of a database that DbUser is authorized to log on to. If DbName
	// is not specified, DbUser can log on to any existing database.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//    * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, underscore, plus sign,
	//    period (dot), at symbol (@), or hyphen.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Must not contain a colon ( : ) or slash ( / ).
	//
	//    * Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in
	//    Reserved Words (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html)
	//    in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
	DbName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of a database user. If a user name matching DbUser exists in the
	// database, the temporary user credentials have the same permissions as the
	// existing user. If DbUser doesn't exist in the database and Autocreate is
	// True, a new user is created using the value for DbUser with PUBLIC permissions.
	// If a database user matching the value for DbUser doesn't exist and Autocreate
	// is False, then the command succeeds but the connection attempt will fail
	// because the user doesn't exist in the database.
	//
	// For more information, see CREATE USER (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_CREATE_USER.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. The user name can't
	//    be PUBLIC.
	//
	//    * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, underscore, plus sign,
	//    period (dot), at symbol (@), or hyphen.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Must not contain a colon ( : ) or slash ( / ).
	//
	//    * Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in
	//    Reserved Words (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html)
	//    in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
	//
	// DbUser is a required field
	DbUser *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The number of seconds until the returned temporary password expires.
	//
	// Constraint: minimum 900, maximum 3600.
	//
	// Default: 900
	DurationSeconds *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The request parameters to get cluster credentials.

func (GetClusterCredentialsInput) String 

func (s GetClusterCredentialsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetClusterCredentialsInput) Validate 

func (s *GetClusterCredentialsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetClusterCredentialsOutput 

type GetClusterCredentialsOutput struct {

	// A temporary password that authorizes the user name returned by DbUser to
	// log on to the database DbName.
	DbPassword *string `type:"string" sensitive:"true"`

	// A database user name that is authorized to log on to the database DbName
	// using the password DbPassword. If the specified DbUser exists in the database,
	// the new user name has the same database privileges as the the user named
	// in DbUser. By default, the user is added to PUBLIC. If the DbGroups parameter
	// is specifed, DbUser is added to the listed groups for any sessions created
	// using these credentials.
	DbUser *string `type:"string"`

	// The date and time the password in DbPassword expires.
	Expiration *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Temporary credentials with authorization to log on to an Amazon Redshift database.

func (GetClusterCredentialsOutput) String 

func (s GetClusterCredentialsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetClusterCredentialsRequest 

type GetClusterCredentialsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *GetClusterCredentialsInput
	Copy  func(*GetClusterCredentialsInput) GetClusterCredentialsRequest
}

GetClusterCredentialsRequest is the request type for the GetClusterCredentials API operation.

func (GetClusterCredentialsRequest) Send 

func (r GetClusterCredentialsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetClusterCredentialsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the GetClusterCredentials API request.

type GetClusterCredentialsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type GetClusterCredentialsResponse struct {
	*GetClusterCredentialsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetClusterCredentialsResponse is the response type for the GetClusterCredentials API operation.

func (*GetClusterCredentialsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *GetClusterCredentialsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetClusterCredentials request.

type GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsInput added in v0.5.0 

type GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsInput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of ReservedNodeOfferings.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// An integer setting the maximum number of ReservedNodeOfferings to retrieve.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A string representing the node identifier for the DC1 Reserved Node to be
	// exchanged.
	//
	// ReservedNodeId is a required field
	ReservedNodeId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsInput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsInput) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsOutput added in v0.5.0 

type GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsOutput struct {

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point for returning a set
	// of response records. When the results of a GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings
	// request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Redshift returns
	// a value in the marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set
	// of response records by providing the returned marker value in the marker
	// parameter and retrying the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// Returns an array of ReservedNodeOffering objects.
	ReservedNodeOfferings []ReservedNodeOffering `locationNameList:"ReservedNodeOffering" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsOutput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsRequest added in v0.5.0 

type GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsInput
	Copy  func(*GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsInput) GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsRequest
}

GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsRequest is the request type for the GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings API operation.

func (GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsRequest) Send added in v0.5.0 

func (r GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings API request.

type GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsResponse struct {
	*GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsResponse is the response type for the GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings API operation.

func (*GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings request.

type HsmClientCertificate 

type HsmClientCertificate struct {

	// The identifier of the HSM client certificate.
	HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The public key that the Amazon Redshift cluster will use to connect to the
	// HSM. You must register the public key in the HSM.
	HsmClientCertificatePublicKey *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of tags for the HSM client certificate.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about an HSM client certificate. The certificate is stored in a secure Hardware Storage Module (HSM), and used by the Amazon Redshift cluster to encrypt data files.

func (HsmClientCertificate) String 

func (s HsmClientCertificate) String() string

String returns the string representation

type HsmConfiguration 

type HsmConfiguration struct {

	// A text description of the HSM configuration.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the Amazon Redshift HSM configuration.
	HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The IP address that the Amazon Redshift cluster must use to access the HSM.
	HsmIpAddress *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the partition in the HSM where the Amazon Redshift clusters will
	// store their database encryption keys.
	HsmPartitionName *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of tags for the HSM configuration.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about an HSM configuration, which is an object that describes to Amazon Redshift clusters the information they require to connect to an HSM where they can store database encryption keys.

func (HsmConfiguration) String 

func (s HsmConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

type HsmStatus 

type HsmStatus struct {

	// Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster
	// uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM.
	HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information
	// the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM.
	HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Reports whether the Amazon Redshift cluster has finished applying any HSM
	// settings changes specified in a modify cluster command.
	//
	// Values: active, applying
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the status of changes to HSM settings.

func (HsmStatus) String 

func (s HsmStatus) String() string

String returns the string representation

type IPRange 

type IPRange struct {

	// The IP range in Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) notation.
	CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the IP range, for example, "authorized".
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of tags for the IP range.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes an IP range used in a security group.

func (IPRange) String 

func (s IPRange) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MaintenanceTrack added in v0.5.0 

type MaintenanceTrack struct {

	// The version number for the cluster release.
	DatabaseVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the maintenance track. Possible values are current and trailing.
	MaintenanceTrackName *string `type:"string"`

	// An array of UpdateTarget objects to update with the maintenance track.
	UpdateTargets []UpdateTarget `locationNameList:"UpdateTarget" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Defines a maintenance track that determines which Amazon Redshift version to apply during a maintenance window. If the value for MaintenanceTrack is current, the cluster is updated to the most recently certified maintenance release. If the value is trailing, the cluster is updated to the previously certified maintenance release.

func (MaintenanceTrack) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s MaintenanceTrack) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyClusterDbRevisionInput added in v0.5.0 

type ModifyClusterDbRevisionInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of a cluster whose database revision you want to modify.
	//
	// Example: examplecluster
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier of the database revision. You can retrieve this value from
	// the response to the DescribeClusterDbRevisions request.
	//
	// RevisionTarget is a required field
	RevisionTarget *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyClusterDbRevisionInput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s ModifyClusterDbRevisionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyClusterDbRevisionInput) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterDbRevisionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyClusterDbRevisionOutput added in v0.5.0 

type ModifyClusterDbRevisionOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyClusterDbRevisionOutput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s ModifyClusterDbRevisionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyClusterDbRevisionRequest added in v0.5.0 

type ModifyClusterDbRevisionRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ModifyClusterDbRevisionInput
	Copy  func(*ModifyClusterDbRevisionInput) ModifyClusterDbRevisionRequest
}

ModifyClusterDbRevisionRequest is the request type for the ModifyClusterDbRevision API operation.

func (ModifyClusterDbRevisionRequest) Send added in v0.5.0 

func (r ModifyClusterDbRevisionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ModifyClusterDbRevisionResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ModifyClusterDbRevision API request.

type ModifyClusterDbRevisionResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ModifyClusterDbRevisionResponse struct {
	*ModifyClusterDbRevisionOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ModifyClusterDbRevisionResponse is the response type for the ModifyClusterDbRevision API operation.

func (*ModifyClusterDbRevisionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ModifyClusterDbRevisionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ModifyClusterDbRevision request.

type ModifyClusterIamRolesInput 

type ModifyClusterIamRolesInput struct {

	// Zero or more IAM roles to associate with the cluster. The roles must be in
	// their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format. You can associate up to 10 IAM roles
	// with a single cluster in a single request.
	AddIamRoles []string `locationNameList:"IamRoleArn" type:"list"`

	// The unique identifier of the cluster for which you want to associate or disassociate
	// IAM roles.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Zero or more IAM roles in ARN format to disassociate from the cluster. You
	// can disassociate up to 10 IAM roles from a single cluster in a single request.
	RemoveIamRoles []string `locationNameList:"IamRoleArn" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) String 

func (s ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) Validate 

func (s *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput 

type ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput) String 

func (s ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest 

type ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput
	Copy  func(*ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest
}

ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest is the request type for the ModifyClusterIamRoles API operation.

func (ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest) Send 

func (r ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ModifyClusterIamRolesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ModifyClusterIamRoles API request.

type ModifyClusterIamRolesResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ModifyClusterIamRolesResponse struct {
	*ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ModifyClusterIamRolesResponse is the response type for the ModifyClusterIamRoles API operation.

func (*ModifyClusterIamRolesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ModifyClusterIamRolesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ModifyClusterIamRoles request.

type ModifyClusterInput 

type ModifyClusterInput struct {

	// If true, major version upgrades will be applied automatically to the cluster
	// during the maintenance window.
	//
	// Default: false
	AllowVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is
	// 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are disabled,
	// you can still create manual snapshots when you want with CreateClusterSnapshot.
	//
	// If you decrease the automated snapshot retention period from its current
	// value, existing automated snapshots that fall outside of the new retention
	// period will be immediately deleted.
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35.
	AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The unique identifier of the cluster to be modified.
	//
	// Example: examplecluster
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the cluster parameter group to apply to this cluster. This change
	// is applied only after the cluster is rebooted. To reboot a cluster use RebootCluster.
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting.
	//
	// Constraints: The cluster parameter group must be in the same parameter group
	// family that matches the cluster version.
	ClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of cluster security groups to be authorized on this cluster. This
	// change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible.
	//
	// Security groups currently associated with the cluster, and not in the list
	// of groups to apply, will be revoked from the cluster.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	ClusterSecurityGroups []string `locationNameList:"ClusterSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`

	// The new cluster type.
	//
	// When you submit your cluster resize request, your existing cluster goes into
	// a read-only mode. After Amazon Redshift provisions a new cluster based on
	// your resize requirements, there will be outage for a period while the old
	// cluster is deleted and your connection is switched to the new cluster. You
	// can use DescribeResize to track the progress of the resize request.
	//
	// Valid Values: multi-node | single-node
	ClusterType *string `type:"string"`

	// The new version number of the Amazon Redshift engine to upgrade to.
	//
	// For major version upgrades, if a non-default cluster parameter group is currently
	// in use, a new cluster parameter group in the cluster parameter group family
	// for the new version must be specified. The new cluster parameter group can
	// be the default for that cluster parameter group family. For more information
	// about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	//
	// Example: 1.0
	ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The Elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster.
	//
	// Constraints: The cluster must be provisioned in EC2-VPC and publicly-accessible
	// through an Internet gateway. For more information about provisioning clusters
	// in EC2-VPC, go to Supported Platforms to Launch Your Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#cluster-platforms)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ElasticIp *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates whether the cluster is encrypted. If the cluster is encrypted and
	// you provide a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, we will encrypt the cluster
	// with the provided KmsKeyId. If you don't provide a KmsKeyId, we will encrypt
	// with the default key. In the China region we will use legacy encryption if
	// you specify that the cluster is encrypted.
	Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
	// routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
	// cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	//
	// If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
	//
	// Default: false
	EnhancedVpcRouting *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster
	// uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM.
	HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information
	// the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM.
	HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that you
	// want to use to encrypt data in the cluster.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The name for the maintenance track that you want to assign for the cluster.
	// This name change is asynchronous. The new track name stays in the PendingModifiedValues
	// for the cluster until the next maintenance window. When the maintenance track
	// changes, the cluster is switched to the latest cluster release available
	// for the maintenance track. At this point, the maintenance track name is applied.
	MaintenanceTrackName *string `type:"string"`

	// The default for number of days that a newly created manual snapshot is retained.
	// If the value is -1, the manual snapshot is retained indefinitely. This value
	// doesn't retroactively change the retention periods of existing manual snapshots.
	//
	// The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653.
	//
	// The default value is -1.
	ManualSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The new password for the cluster master user. This change is asynchronously
	// applied as soon as possible. Between the time of the request and the completion
	// of the request, the MasterUserPassword element exists in the PendingModifiedValues
	// element of the operation response.
	//
	// Operations never return the password, so this operation provides a way to
	// regain access to the master user account for a cluster if the password is
	// lost.
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be between 8 and 64 characters in length.
	//
	//    * Must contain at least one uppercase letter.
	//
	//    * Must contain at least one lowercase letter.
	//
	//    * Must contain one number.
	//
	//    * Can be any printable ASCII character (ASCII code 33 to 126) except '
	//    (single quote), " (double quote), \, /, @, or space.
	MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// The new identifier for the cluster.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//    * Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//    * Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account.
	//
	// Example: examplecluster
	NewClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The new node type of the cluster. If you specify a new node type, you must
	// also specify the number of nodes parameter.
	//
	// When you submit your request to resize a cluster, Amazon Redshift sets access
	// permissions for the cluster to read-only. After Amazon Redshift provisions
	// a new cluster according to your resize requirements, there will be a temporary
	// outage while the old cluster is deleted and your connection is switched to
	// the new cluster. When the new connection is complete, the original access
	// permissions for the cluster are restored. You can use DescribeResize to track
	// the progress of the resize request.
	//
	// Valid Values: ds2.xlarge | ds2.8xlarge | dc1.large | dc1.8xlarge | dc2.large
	// | dc2.8xlarge
	NodeType *string `type:"string"`

	// The new number of nodes of the cluster. If you specify a new number of nodes,
	// you must also specify the node type parameter.
	//
	// When you submit your request to resize a cluster, Amazon Redshift sets access
	// permissions for the cluster to read-only. After Amazon Redshift provisions
	// a new cluster according to your resize requirements, there will be a temporary
	// outage while the old cluster is deleted and your connection is switched to
	// the new cluster. When the new connection is complete, the original access
	// permissions for the cluster are restored. You can use DescribeResize to track
	// the progress of the resize request.
	//
	// Valid Values: Integer greater than 0.
	NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur,
	// if necessary. If system maintenance is necessary during the window, it may
	// result in an outage.
	//
	// This maintenance window change is made immediately. If the new maintenance
	// window indicates the current time, there must be at least 120 minutes between
	// the current time and end of the window in order to ensure that pending changes
	// are applied.
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting.
	//
	// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi, for example wed:07:30-wed:08:00.
	//
	// Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun
	//
	// Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// If true, the cluster can be accessed from a public network. Only clusters
	// in VPCs can be set to be publicly available.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of virtual private cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated with
	// the cluster. This change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyClusterInput) String 

func (s ModifyClusterInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyClusterInput) Validate 

func (s *ModifyClusterInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyClusterMaintenanceInput added in v0.6.0 

type ModifyClusterMaintenanceInput struct {

	// A unique identifier for the cluster.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A boolean indicating whether to enable the deferred maintenance window.
	DeferMaintenance *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// An integer indicating the duration of the maintenance window in days. If
	// you specify a duration, you can't specify an end time. The duration must
	// be 45 days or less.
	DeferMaintenanceDuration *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A timestamp indicating end time for the deferred maintenance window. If you
	// specify an end time, you can't specify a duration.
	DeferMaintenanceEndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// A unique identifier for the deferred maintenance window.
	DeferMaintenanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A timestamp indicating the start time for the deferred maintenance window.
	DeferMaintenanceStartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyClusterMaintenanceInput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s ModifyClusterMaintenanceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyClusterMaintenanceInput) Validate added in v0.6.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterMaintenanceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyClusterMaintenanceOutput added in v0.6.0 

type ModifyClusterMaintenanceOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyClusterMaintenanceOutput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s ModifyClusterMaintenanceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyClusterMaintenanceRequest added in v0.6.0 

type ModifyClusterMaintenanceRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ModifyClusterMaintenanceInput
	Copy  func(*ModifyClusterMaintenanceInput) ModifyClusterMaintenanceRequest
}

ModifyClusterMaintenanceRequest is the request type for the ModifyClusterMaintenance API operation.

func (ModifyClusterMaintenanceRequest) Send added in v0.6.0 

func (r ModifyClusterMaintenanceRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ModifyClusterMaintenanceResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ModifyClusterMaintenance API request.

type ModifyClusterMaintenanceResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ModifyClusterMaintenanceResponse struct {
	*ModifyClusterMaintenanceOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ModifyClusterMaintenanceResponse is the response type for the ModifyClusterMaintenance API operation.

func (*ModifyClusterMaintenanceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ModifyClusterMaintenanceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ModifyClusterMaintenance request.

type ModifyClusterOutput 

type ModifyClusterOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyClusterOutput) String 

func (s ModifyClusterOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput 

type ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the parameter group to be modified.
	//
	// ParameterGroupName is a required field
	ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// An array of parameters to be modified. A maximum of 20 parameters can be
	// modified in a single request.
	//
	// For each parameter to be modified, you must supply at least the parameter
	// name and parameter value; other name-value pairs of the parameter are optional.
	//
	// For the workload management (WLM) configuration, you must supply all the
	// name-value pairs in the wlm_json_configuration parameter.
	//
	// Parameters is a required field
	Parameters []Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) String 

func (s ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyClusterParameterGroupOutput added in v0.9.0 

type ModifyClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {

	// The name of the cluster parameter group.
	ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the parameter group. For example, if you made a change to a
	// parameter group name-value pair, then the change could be pending a reboot
	// of an associated cluster.
	ParameterGroupStatus *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyClusterParameterGroupOutput) String added in v0.9.0 

func (s ModifyClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest 

type ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput
	Copy  func(*ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest
}

ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest is the request type for the ModifyClusterParameterGroup API operation.

func (ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest) Send 

func (r ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ModifyClusterParameterGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ModifyClusterParameterGroup API request.

type ModifyClusterParameterGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ModifyClusterParameterGroupResponse struct {
	*ModifyClusterParameterGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ModifyClusterParameterGroupResponse is the response type for the ModifyClusterParameterGroup API operation.

func (*ModifyClusterParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ModifyClusterParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ModifyClusterParameterGroup request.

type ModifyClusterRequest 

type ModifyClusterRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ModifyClusterInput
	Copy  func(*ModifyClusterInput) ModifyClusterRequest
}

ModifyClusterRequest is the request type for the ModifyCluster API operation.

func (ModifyClusterRequest) Send 

func (r ModifyClusterRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ModifyClusterResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ModifyCluster API request.

type ModifyClusterResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ModifyClusterResponse struct {
	*ModifyClusterOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ModifyClusterResponse is the response type for the ModifyCluster API operation.

func (*ModifyClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ModifyClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ModifyCluster request.

type ModifyClusterSnapshotInput added in v0.6.0 

type ModifyClusterSnapshotInput struct {

	// A Boolean option to override an exception if the retention period has already
	// passed.
	Force *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The number of days that a manual snapshot is retained. If the value is -1,
	// the manual snapshot is retained indefinitely.
	//
	// If the manual snapshot falls outside of the new retention period, you can
	// specify the force option to immediately delete the snapshot.
	//
	// The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653.
	ManualSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The identifier of the snapshot whose setting you want to modify.
	//
	// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyClusterSnapshotInput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s ModifyClusterSnapshotInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyClusterSnapshotInput) Validate added in v0.6.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyClusterSnapshotOutput added in v0.6.0 

type ModifyClusterSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Describes a snapshot.
	Snapshot *Snapshot `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyClusterSnapshotOutput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s ModifyClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyClusterSnapshotRequest added in v0.6.0 

type ModifyClusterSnapshotRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ModifyClusterSnapshotInput
	Copy  func(*ModifyClusterSnapshotInput) ModifyClusterSnapshotRequest
}

ModifyClusterSnapshotRequest is the request type for the ModifyClusterSnapshot API operation.

func (ModifyClusterSnapshotRequest) Send added in v0.6.0 

func (r ModifyClusterSnapshotRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ModifyClusterSnapshotResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ModifyClusterSnapshot API request.

type ModifyClusterSnapshotResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ModifyClusterSnapshotResponse struct {
	*ModifyClusterSnapshotOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ModifyClusterSnapshotResponse is the response type for the ModifyClusterSnapshot API operation.

func (*ModifyClusterSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ModifyClusterSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ModifyClusterSnapshot request.

type ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleInput added in v0.6.0 

type ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleInput struct {

	// A unique identifier for the cluster whose snapshot schedule you want to modify.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A boolean to indicate whether to remove the assoiciation between the cluster
	// and the schedule.
	DisassociateSchedule *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A unique alphanumeric identifier for the schedule that you want to associate
	// with the cluster.
	ScheduleIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleInput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleInput) Validate added in v0.6.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleOutput added in v0.6.0 

type ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleOutput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleRequest added in v0.6.0 

type ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleInput
	Copy  func(*ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleInput) ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleRequest
}

ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleRequest is the request type for the ModifyClusterSnapshotSchedule API operation.

func (ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleRequest) Send added in v0.6.0 

func (r ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ModifyClusterSnapshotSchedule API request.

type ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleResponse struct {
	*ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleResponse is the response type for the ModifyClusterSnapshotSchedule API operation.

func (*ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ModifyClusterSnapshotSchedule request.

type ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput 

type ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the subnet group to be modified.
	//
	// ClusterSubnetGroupName is a required field
	ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A text description of the subnet group to be modified.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// An array of VPC subnet IDs. A maximum of 20 subnets can be modified in a
	// single request.
	//
	// SubnetIds is a required field
	SubnetIds []string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) String 

func (s ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput 

type ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput struct {

	// Describes a subnet group.
	ClusterSubnetGroup *ClusterSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput) String 

func (s ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest 

type ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput
	Copy  func(*ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest
}

ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest is the request type for the ModifyClusterSubnetGroup API operation.

func (ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest) Send 

func (r ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ModifyClusterSubnetGroup API request.

type ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse struct {
	*ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse is the response type for the ModifyClusterSubnetGroup API operation.

func (*ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ModifyClusterSubnetGroup request.

type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput 

type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput struct {

	// A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. true indicates
	// the subscription is enabled
	Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the Amazon Redshift event categories to be published by the event
	// notification subscription.
	//
	// Values: configuration, management, monitoring, security
	EventCategories []string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// Specifies the Amazon Redshift event severity to be published by the event
	// notification subscription.
	//
	// Values: ERROR, INFO
	Severity *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic to be used by the event notification
	// subscription.
	SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of one or more identifiers of Amazon Redshift source objects. All
	// of the objects must be of the same type as was specified in the source type
	// parameter. The event subscription will return only events generated by the
	// specified objects. If not specified, then events are returned for all objects
	// within the source type specified.
	//
	// Example: my-cluster-1, my-cluster-2
	//
	// Example: my-snapshot-20131010
	SourceIds []string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"`

	// The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you
	// want to be notified of events generated by a cluster, you would set this
	// parameter to cluster. If this value is not specified, events are returned
	// for all Amazon Redshift objects in your AWS account. You must specify a source
	// type in order to specify source IDs.
	//
	// Valid values: cluster, cluster-parameter-group, cluster-security-group, and
	// cluster-snapshot.
	SourceType *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the modified Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
	//
	// SubscriptionName is a required field
	SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) String 

func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) Validate 

func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput 

type ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput struct {

	// Describes event subscriptions.
	EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) String 

func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest 

type ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput
	Copy  func(*ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest
}

ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest is the request type for the ModifyEventSubscription API operation.

func (ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest) Send 

func (r ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ModifyEventSubscription API request.

type ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse struct {
	*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse is the response type for the ModifyEventSubscription API operation.

func (*ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ModifyEventSubscription request.

type ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput 

type ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the cluster for which you want to change the retention
	// period for either automated or manual snapshots that are copied to a destination
	// AWS Region.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that has cross-region
	// snapshot copy enabled.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Indicates whether to apply the snapshot retention period to newly copied
	// manual snapshots instead of automated snapshots.
	Manual *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination AWS Region
	// after they are copied from the source AWS Region.
	//
	// By default, this only changes the retention period of copied automated snapshots.
	//
	// If you decrease the retention period for automated snapshots that are copied
	// to a destination AWS Region, Amazon Redshift deletes any existing automated
	// snapshots that were copied to the destination AWS Region and that fall outside
	// of the new retention period.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be at least 1 and no more than 35 for automated snapshots.
	//
	// If you specify the manual option, only newly copied manual snapshots will
	// have the new retention period.
	//
	// If you specify the value of -1 newly copied manual snapshots are retained
	// indefinitely.
	//
	// Constraints: The number of days must be either -1 or an integer between 1
	// and 3,653 for manual snapshots.
	//
	// RetentionPeriod is a required field
	RetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) String 

func (s ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) Validate 

func (s *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput 

type ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput) String 

func (s ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest 

type ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput
	Copy  func(*ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest
}

ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest is the request type for the ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod API operation.

func (ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest) Send 

func (r ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod API request.

type ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse struct {
	*ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse is the response type for the ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod API operation.

func (*ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod request.

type ModifySnapshotScheduleInput added in v0.6.0 

type ModifySnapshotScheduleInput struct {

	// An updated list of schedule definitions. A schedule definition is made up
	// of schedule expressions, for example, "cron(30 12 *)" or "rate(12 hours)".
	//
	// ScheduleDefinitions is a required field
	ScheduleDefinitions []string `locationNameList:"ScheduleDefinition" type:"list" required:"true"`

	// A unique alphanumeric identifier of the schedule to modify.
	//
	// ScheduleIdentifier is a required field
	ScheduleIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifySnapshotScheduleInput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s ModifySnapshotScheduleInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifySnapshotScheduleInput) Validate added in v0.6.0 

func (s *ModifySnapshotScheduleInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifySnapshotScheduleOutput added in v0.6.0 

type ModifySnapshotScheduleOutput struct {

	// The number of clusters associated with the schedule.
	AssociatedClusterCount *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A list of clusters associated with the schedule. A maximum of 100 clusters
	// is returned.
	AssociatedClusters []ClusterAssociatedToSchedule `locationNameList:"ClusterAssociatedToSchedule" type:"list"`

	NextInvocations []time.Time `locationNameList:"SnapshotTime" type:"list"`

	// A list of ScheduleDefinitions.
	ScheduleDefinitions []string `locationNameList:"ScheduleDefinition" type:"list"`

	// The description of the schedule.
	ScheduleDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// A unique identifier for the schedule.
	ScheduleIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional set of tags describing the schedule.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a snapshot schedule. You can set a regular interval for creating snapshots of a cluster. You can also schedule snapshots for specific dates.

func (ModifySnapshotScheduleOutput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s ModifySnapshotScheduleOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifySnapshotScheduleRequest added in v0.6.0 

type ModifySnapshotScheduleRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ModifySnapshotScheduleInput
	Copy  func(*ModifySnapshotScheduleInput) ModifySnapshotScheduleRequest
}

ModifySnapshotScheduleRequest is the request type for the ModifySnapshotSchedule API operation.

func (ModifySnapshotScheduleRequest) Send added in v0.6.0 

func (r ModifySnapshotScheduleRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ModifySnapshotScheduleResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ModifySnapshotSchedule API request.

type ModifySnapshotScheduleResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ModifySnapshotScheduleResponse struct {
	*ModifySnapshotScheduleOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ModifySnapshotScheduleResponse is the response type for the ModifySnapshotSchedule API operation.

func (*ModifySnapshotScheduleResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ModifySnapshotScheduleResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ModifySnapshotSchedule request.

type NodeConfigurationOption added in v0.13.0 

type NodeConfigurationOption struct {

	// The estimated disk utilizaton percentage.
	EstimatedDiskUtilizationPercent *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The node type, such as, "ds2.8xlarge".
	NodeType *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of nodes.
	NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A list of node configurations.

func (NodeConfigurationOption) String added in v0.13.0 

func (s NodeConfigurationOption) String() string

String returns the string representation

type NodeConfigurationOptionsFilter added in v0.13.0 

type NodeConfigurationOptionsFilter struct {

	// The name of the element to filter.
	Name NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName `type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The filter operator. If filter Name is NodeType only the 'in' operator is
	// supported. Provide one value to evaluate for 'eq', 'lt', 'le', 'gt', and
	// 'ge'. Provide two values to evaluate for 'between'. Provide a list of values
	// for 'in'.
	Operator OperatorType `type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// List of values. Compare Name using Operator to Values. If filter Name is
	// NumberOfNodes, then values can range from 0 to 200. If filter Name is EstimatedDiskUtilizationPercent,
	// then values can range from 0 to 100. For example, filter NumberOfNodes (name)
	// GT (operator) 3 (values).
	Values []string `locationName:"Value" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A set of elements to filter the returned node configurations.

func (NodeConfigurationOptionsFilter) String added in v0.13.0 

func (s NodeConfigurationOptionsFilter) String() string

String returns the string representation

type NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName added in v0.13.0 

type NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName string
const (
	NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterNameNodeType                        NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName = "NodeType"
	NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterNameNumberOfNodes                   NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName = "NumberOfNodes"
	NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterNameEstimatedDiskUtilizationPercent NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName = "EstimatedDiskUtilizationPercent"
)

Enum values for NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName

func (NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName) MarshalValue added in v0.13.0 

func (enum NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.13.0 

func (enum NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type OperatorType added in v0.13.0 

type OperatorType string
const (
	OperatorTypeEq      OperatorType = "eq"
	OperatorTypeLt      OperatorType = "lt"
	OperatorTypeGt      OperatorType = "gt"
	OperatorTypeLe      OperatorType = "le"
	OperatorTypeGe      OperatorType = "ge"
	OperatorTypeIn      OperatorType = "in"
	OperatorTypeBetween OperatorType = "between"
)

Enum values for OperatorType

func (OperatorType) MarshalValue added in v0.13.0 

func (enum OperatorType) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (OperatorType) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.13.0 

func (enum OperatorType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type OrderableClusterOption 

type OrderableClusterOption struct {

	// A list of availability zones for the orderable cluster.
	AvailabilityZones []AvailabilityZone `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`

	// The cluster type, for example multi-node.
	ClusterType *string `type:"string"`

	// The version of the orderable cluster.
	ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The node type for the orderable cluster.
	NodeType *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes an orderable cluster option.

func (OrderableClusterOption) String 

func (s OrderableClusterOption) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Parameter 

type Parameter struct {

	// The valid range of values for the parameter.
	AllowedValues *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies how to apply the WLM configuration parameter. Some properties can
	// be applied dynamically, while other properties require that any associated
	// clusters be rebooted for the configuration changes to be applied. For more
	// information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift
	// Parameter Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ApplyType ParameterApplyType `type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The data type of the parameter.
	DataType *string `type:"string"`

	// A description of the parameter.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// If true, the parameter can be modified. Some parameters have security or
	// operational implications that prevent them from being changed.
	IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply.
	MinimumEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the parameter.
	ParameterName *string `type:"string"`

	// The value of the parameter.
	ParameterValue *string `type:"string"`

	// The source of the parameter value, such as "engine-default" or "user".
	Source *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a parameter in a cluster parameter group.

func (Parameter) String 

func (s Parameter) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ParameterApplyType 

type ParameterApplyType string
const (
	ParameterApplyTypeStatic  ParameterApplyType = "static"
	ParameterApplyTypeDynamic ParameterApplyType = "dynamic"
)

Enum values for ParameterApplyType

func (ParameterApplyType) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ParameterApplyType) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ParameterApplyType) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ParameterApplyType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type PendingModifiedValues 

type PendingModifiedValues struct {

	// The pending or in-progress change of the automated snapshot retention period.
	AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The pending or in-progress change of the new identifier for the cluster.
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The pending or in-progress change of the cluster type.
	ClusterType *string `type:"string"`

	// The pending or in-progress change of the service version.
	ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The encryption type for a cluster. Possible values are: KMS and None. For
	// the China region the possible values are None, and Legacy.
	EncryptionType *string `type:"string"`

	// An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
	// routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
	// cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	//
	// If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
	//
	// Default: false
	EnhancedVpcRouting *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the maintenance track that the cluster will change to during
	// the next maintenance window.
	MaintenanceTrackName *string `type:"string"`

	// The pending or in-progress change of the master user password for the cluster.
	MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// The pending or in-progress change of the cluster's node type.
	NodeType *string `type:"string"`

	// The pending or in-progress change of the number of nodes in the cluster.
	NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The pending or in-progress change of the ability to connect to the cluster
	// from the public network.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes cluster attributes that are in a pending state. A change to one or more the attributes was requested and is in progress or will be applied.

func (PendingModifiedValues) String 

func (s PendingModifiedValues) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput 

type PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput struct {

	// The number of reserved nodes that you want to purchase.
	//
	// Default: 1
	NodeCount *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The unique identifier of the reserved node offering you want to purchase.
	//
	// ReservedNodeOfferingId is a required field
	ReservedNodeOfferingId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) String 

func (s PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) Validate 

func (s *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput 

type PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput struct {

	// Describes a reserved node. You can call the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings
	// API to obtain the available reserved node offerings.
	ReservedNode *ReservedNode `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput) String 

func (s PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest 

type PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput
	Copy  func(*PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest
}

PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest is the request type for the PurchaseReservedNodeOffering API operation.

func (PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest) Send 

func (r PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the PurchaseReservedNodeOffering API request.

type PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse added in v0.9.0 

type PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse struct {
	*PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse is the response type for the PurchaseReservedNodeOffering API operation.

func (*PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the PurchaseReservedNodeOffering request.

type RebootClusterInput 

type RebootClusterInput struct {

	// The cluster identifier.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RebootClusterInput) String 

func (s RebootClusterInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RebootClusterInput) Validate 

func (s *RebootClusterInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RebootClusterOutput 

type RebootClusterOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RebootClusterOutput) String 

func (s RebootClusterOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RebootClusterRequest 

type RebootClusterRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *RebootClusterInput
	Copy  func(*RebootClusterInput) RebootClusterRequest
}

RebootClusterRequest is the request type for the RebootCluster API operation.

func (RebootClusterRequest) Send 

func (r RebootClusterRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*RebootClusterResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the RebootCluster API request.

type RebootClusterResponse added in v0.9.0 

type RebootClusterResponse struct {
	*RebootClusterOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RebootClusterResponse is the response type for the RebootCluster API operation.

func (*RebootClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *RebootClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the RebootCluster request.

type RecurringCharge 

type RecurringCharge struct {

	// The amount charged per the period of time specified by the recurring charge
	// frequency.
	RecurringChargeAmount *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The frequency at which the recurring charge amount is applied.
	RecurringChargeFrequency *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a recurring charge.

func (RecurringCharge) String 

func (s RecurringCharge) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ReservedNode 

type ReservedNode struct {

	// The currency code for the reserved cluster.
	CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"`

	// The duration of the node reservation in seconds.
	Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The fixed cost Amazon Redshift charges you for this reserved node.
	FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The number of reserved compute nodes.
	NodeCount *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The node type of the reserved node.
	NodeType *string `type:"string"`

	// The anticipated utilization of the reserved node, as defined in the reserved
	// node offering.
	OfferingType *string `type:"string"`

	// The recurring charges for the reserved node.
	RecurringCharges []RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"`

	// The unique identifier for the reservation.
	ReservedNodeId *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier for the reserved node offering.
	ReservedNodeOfferingId *string `type:"string"`

	ReservedNodeOfferingType ReservedNodeOfferingType `type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The time the reservation started. You purchase a reserved node offering for
	// a duration. This is the start time of that duration.
	StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The state of the reserved compute node.
	//
	// Possible Values:
	//
	//    * pending-payment-This reserved node has recently been purchased, and
	//    the sale has been approved, but payment has not yet been confirmed.
	//
	//    * active-This reserved node is owned by the caller and is available for
	//    use.
	//
	//    * payment-failed-Payment failed for the purchase attempt.
	//
	//    * retired-The reserved node is no longer available.
	//
	//    * exchanging-The owner is exchanging the reserved node for another reserved
	//    node.
	State *string `type:"string"`

	// The hourly rate Amazon Redshift charges you for this reserved node.
	UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a reserved node. You can call the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings API to obtain the available reserved node offerings.

func (ReservedNode) String 

func (s ReservedNode) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ReservedNodeOffering 

type ReservedNodeOffering struct {

	// The currency code for the compute nodes offering.
	CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"`

	// The duration, in seconds, for which the offering will reserve the node.
	Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The upfront fixed charge you will pay to purchase the specific reserved node
	// offering.
	FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The node type offered by the reserved node offering.
	NodeType *string `type:"string"`

	// The anticipated utilization of the reserved node, as defined in the reserved
	// node offering.
	OfferingType *string `type:"string"`

	// The charge to your account regardless of whether you are creating any clusters
	// using the node offering. Recurring charges are only in effect for heavy-utilization
	// reserved nodes.
	RecurringCharges []RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"`

	// The offering identifier.
	ReservedNodeOfferingId *string `type:"string"`

	ReservedNodeOfferingType ReservedNodeOfferingType `type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The rate you are charged for each hour the cluster that is using the offering
	// is running.
	UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a reserved node offering.

func (ReservedNodeOffering) String 

func (s ReservedNodeOffering) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ReservedNodeOfferingType added in v0.4.0 

type ReservedNodeOfferingType string
const (
	ReservedNodeOfferingTypeRegular    ReservedNodeOfferingType = "Regular"
	ReservedNodeOfferingTypeUpgradable ReservedNodeOfferingType = "Upgradable"
)

Enum values for ReservedNodeOfferingType

func (ReservedNodeOfferingType) MarshalValue added in v0.4.0 

func (enum ReservedNodeOfferingType) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ReservedNodeOfferingType) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.4.0 

func (enum ReservedNodeOfferingType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type ResetClusterParameterGroupInput 

type ResetClusterParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the cluster parameter group to be reset.
	//
	// ParameterGroupName is a required field
	ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// An array of names of parameters to be reset. If ResetAllParameters option
	// is not used, then at least one parameter name must be supplied.
	//
	// Constraints: A maximum of 20 parameters can be reset in a single request.
	Parameters []Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`

	// If true, all parameters in the specified parameter group will be reset to
	// their default values.
	//
	// Default: true
	ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) String 

func (s ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ResetClusterParameterGroupOutput 

type ResetClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {

	// The name of the cluster parameter group.
	ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the parameter group. For example, if you made a change to a
	// parameter group name-value pair, then the change could be pending a reboot
	// of an associated cluster.
	ParameterGroupStatus *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ResetClusterParameterGroupOutput) String 

func (s ResetClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest 

type ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput
	Copy  func(*ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest
}

ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest is the request type for the ResetClusterParameterGroup API operation.

func (ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest) Send 

func (r ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ResetClusterParameterGroupResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ResetClusterParameterGroup API request.

type ResetClusterParameterGroupResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ResetClusterParameterGroupResponse struct {
	*ResetClusterParameterGroupOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ResetClusterParameterGroupResponse is the response type for the ResetClusterParameterGroup API operation.

func (*ResetClusterParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ResetClusterParameterGroupResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ResetClusterParameterGroup request.

type ResizeClusterInput added in v0.5.0 

type ResizeClusterInput struct {

	// A boolean value indicating whether the resize operation is using the classic
	// resize process. If you don't provide this parameter or set the value to false,
	// the resize type is elastic.
	Classic *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The unique identifier for the cluster to resize.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The new cluster type for the specified cluster.
	ClusterType *string `type:"string"`

	// The new node type for the nodes you are adding. If not specified, the cluster's
	// current node type is used.
	NodeType *string `type:"string"`

	// The new number of nodes for the cluster.
	//
	// NumberOfNodes is a required field
	NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ResizeClusterInput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s ResizeClusterInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ResizeClusterInput) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *ResizeClusterInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ResizeClusterOutput added in v0.5.0 

type ResizeClusterOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ResizeClusterOutput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s ResizeClusterOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ResizeClusterRequest added in v0.5.0 

type ResizeClusterRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ResizeClusterInput
	Copy  func(*ResizeClusterInput) ResizeClusterRequest
}

ResizeClusterRequest is the request type for the ResizeCluster API operation.

func (ResizeClusterRequest) Send added in v0.5.0 

func (r ResizeClusterRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ResizeClusterResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ResizeCluster API request.

type ResizeClusterResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ResizeClusterResponse struct {
	*ResizeClusterOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ResizeClusterResponse is the response type for the ResizeCluster API operation.

func (*ResizeClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ResizeClusterResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ResizeCluster request.

type ResizeInfo added in v0.6.0 

type ResizeInfo struct {

	// A boolean value indicating if the resize operation can be cancelled.
	AllowCancelResize *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Returns the value ClassicResize.
	ResizeType *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a resize operation.

func (ResizeInfo) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s ResizeInfo) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput 

type RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput struct {

	// Reserved.
	AdditionalInfo *string `type:"string"`

	// If true, major version upgrades can be applied during the maintenance window
	// to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster.
	//
	// Default: true
	AllowVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is
	// 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are disabled,
	// you can still create manual snapshots when you want with CreateClusterSnapshot.
	//
	// Default: The value selected for the cluster from which the snapshot was taken.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35.
	AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The Amazon EC2 Availability Zone in which to restore the cluster.
	//
	// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone.
	//
	// Example: us-east-1a
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier of the cluster that will be created from restoring the snapshot.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//    * Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//    * Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the parameter group to be associated with this cluster.
	//
	// Default: The default Amazon Redshift cluster parameter group. For information
	// about the default parameter group, go to Working with Amazon Redshift Parameter
	// Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html).
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	ClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of security groups to be associated with this cluster.
	//
	// Default: The default cluster security group for Amazon Redshift.
	//
	// Cluster security groups only apply to clusters outside of VPCs.
	ClusterSecurityGroups []string `locationNameList:"ClusterSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`

	// The name of the subnet group where you want to cluster restored.
	//
	// A snapshot of cluster in VPC can be restored only in VPC. Therefore, you
	// must provide subnet group name where you want the cluster restored.
	ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster.
	ElasticIp *string `type:"string"`

	// An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
	// routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
	// cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	//
	// If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
	//
	// Default: false
	EnhancedVpcRouting *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster
	// uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM.
	HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information
	// the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM.
	HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used
	// by the cluster to access other AWS services. You must supply the IAM roles
	// in their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format. You can supply up to 10 IAM roles
	// in a single request.
	//
	// A cluster can have up to 10 IAM roles associated at any time.
	IamRoles []string `locationNameList:"IamRoleArn" type:"list"`

	// The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that you
	// want to use to encrypt data in the cluster that you restore from a shared
	// snapshot.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the maintenance track for the restored cluster. When you take
	// a snapshot, the snapshot inherits the MaintenanceTrack value from the cluster.
	// The snapshot might be on a different track than the cluster that was the
	// source for the snapshot. For example, suppose that you take a snapshot of
	// a cluster that is on the current track and then change the cluster to be
	// on the trailing track. In this case, the snapshot and the source cluster
	// are on different tracks.
	MaintenanceTrackName *string `type:"string"`

	// The default number of days to retain a manual snapshot. If the value is -1,
	// the snapshot is retained indefinitely. This setting doesn't change the retention
	// period of existing snapshots.
	//
	// The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653.
	ManualSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The node type that the restored cluster will be provisioned with.
	//
	// Default: The node type of the cluster from which the snapshot was taken.
	// You can modify this if you are using any DS node type. In that case, you
	// can choose to restore into another DS node type of the same size. For example,
	// you can restore ds1.8xlarge into ds2.8xlarge, or ds1.xlarge into ds2.xlarge.
	// If you have a DC instance type, you must restore into that same instance
	// type and size. In other words, you can only restore a dc1.large instance
	// type into another dc1.large instance type or dc2.large instance type. You
	// can't restore dc1.8xlarge to dc2.8xlarge. First restore to a dc1.8xlareg
	// cluster, then resize to a dc2.8large cluster. For more information about
	// node types, see About Clusters and Nodes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-about-clusters-and-nodes)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	NodeType *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of nodes specified when provisioning the restored cluster.
	NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The AWS customer account used to create or copy the snapshot. Required if
	// you are restoring a snapshot you do not own, optional if you own the snapshot.
	OwnerAccount *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the cluster accepts connections.
	//
	// Default: The same port as the original cluster.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be between 1115 and 65535.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The weekly time range (in UTC) during which automated cluster maintenance
	// can occur.
	//
	// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
	//
	// Default: The value selected for the cluster from which the snapshot was taken.
	// For more information about the time blocks for each region, see Maintenance
	// Windows (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-maintenance-windows)
	// in Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	//
	// Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// If true, the cluster can be accessed from a public network.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the cluster the source snapshot was created from. This parameter
	// is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot resource
	// element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
	SnapshotClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the snapshot from which to create the new cluster. This parameter
	// isn't case sensitive.
	//
	// Example: my-snapshot-id
	//
	// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A unique identifier for the snapshot schedule.
	SnapshotScheduleIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated with
	// the cluster.
	//
	// Default: The default VPC security group is associated with the cluster.
	//
	// VPC security groups only apply to clusters in VPCs.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) String 

func (s RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) Validate 

func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput 

type RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput) String 

func (s RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest 

type RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput
	Copy  func(*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest
}

RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest is the request type for the RestoreFromClusterSnapshot API operation.

func (RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest) Send 

func (r RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the RestoreFromClusterSnapshot API request.

type RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse added in v0.9.0 

type RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse struct {
	*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse is the response type for the RestoreFromClusterSnapshot API operation.

func (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the RestoreFromClusterSnapshot request.

type RestoreStatus 

type RestoreStatus struct {

	// The number of megabytes per second being transferred from the backup storage.
	// Returns the average rate for a completed backup.
	CurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The amount of time an in-progress restore has been running, or the amount
	// of time it took a completed restore to finish.
	ElapsedTimeInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The estimate of the time remaining before the restore will complete. Returns
	// 0 for a completed restore.
	EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The number of megabytes that have been transferred from snapshot storage.
	ProgressInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The size of the set of snapshot data used to restore the cluster.
	SnapshotSizeInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The status of the restore action. Returns starting, restoring, completed,
	// or failed.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the status of a cluster restore action. Returns null if the cluster was not created by restoring a snapshot.

func (RestoreStatus) String 

func (s RestoreStatus) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput 

type RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput struct {

	// The identifier of the Amazon Redshift cluster to restore the table to.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the table to create as a result of the current request.
	//
	// NewTableName is a required field
	NewTableName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier of the snapshot to restore the table from. This snapshot must
	// have been created from the Amazon Redshift cluster specified by the ClusterIdentifier
	// parameter.
	//
	// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the source database that contains the table to restore from.
	//
	// SourceDatabaseName is a required field
	SourceDatabaseName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the source schema that contains the table to restore from. If
	// you do not specify a SourceSchemaName value, the default is public.
	SourceSchemaName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the source table to restore from.
	//
	// SourceTableName is a required field
	SourceTableName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the database to restore the table to.
	TargetDatabaseName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the schema to restore the table to.
	TargetSchemaName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) String 

func (s RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) Validate 

func (s *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput 

type RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Describes the status of a RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot operation.
	TableRestoreStatus *TableRestoreStatus `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput) String 

func (s RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest 

type RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput
	Copy  func(*RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest
}

RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest is the request type for the RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot API operation.

func (RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest) Send 

func (r RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot API request.

type RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotResponse added in v0.9.0 

type RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotResponse struct {
	*RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotResponse is the response type for the RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot API operation.

func (*RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot request.

type RevisionTarget added in v0.5.0 

type RevisionTarget struct {

	// A unique string that identifies the version to update the cluster to. You
	// can use this value in ModifyClusterDbRevision.
	DatabaseRevision *string `type:"string"`

	// The date on which the database revision was released.
	DatabaseRevisionReleaseDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// A string that describes the changes and features that will be applied to
	// the cluster when it is updated to the corresponding ClusterDbRevision.
	Description *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a RevisionTarget.

func (RevisionTarget) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s RevisionTarget) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput 

type RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {

	// The IP range for which to revoke access. This range must be a valid Classless
	// Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) block of IP addresses. If CIDRIP is specified,
	// EC2SecurityGroupName and EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId cannot be provided.
	CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the security Group from which to revoke the ingress rule.
	//
	// ClusterSecurityGroupName is a required field
	ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the EC2 Security Group whose access is to be revoked. If EC2SecurityGroupName
	// is specified, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId must also be provided and CIDRIP cannot
	// be provided.
	EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS account number of the owner of the security group specified in the
	// EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS access key ID is not an acceptable
	// value. If EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId is specified, EC2SecurityGroupName must
	// also be provided. and CIDRIP cannot be provided.
	//
	// Example: 111122223333
	EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) String 

func (s RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate 

func (s *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput 

type RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {

	// Describes a security group.
	ClusterSecurityGroup *ClusterSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String 

func (s RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest 

type RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput
	Copy  func(*RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest
}

RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest is the request type for the RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress API operation.

func (RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest) Send 

func (r RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress API request.

type RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse added in v0.9.0 

type RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse struct {
	*RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse is the response type for the RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress API operation.

func (*RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress request.

type RevokeSnapshotAccessInput 

type RevokeSnapshotAccessInput struct {

	// The identifier of the AWS customer account that can no longer restore the
	// specified snapshot.
	//
	// AccountWithRestoreAccess is a required field
	AccountWithRestoreAccess *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This parameter
	// is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot resource
	// element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
	SnapshotClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier of the snapshot that the account can no longer access.
	//
	// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) String 

func (s RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) Validate 

func (s *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput 

type RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput struct {

	// Describes a snapshot.
	Snapshot *Snapshot `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput) String 

func (s RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest 

type RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput
	Copy  func(*RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest
}

RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest is the request type for the RevokeSnapshotAccess API operation.

func (RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest) Send 

func (r RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*RevokeSnapshotAccessResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the RevokeSnapshotAccess API request.

type RevokeSnapshotAccessResponse added in v0.9.0 

type RevokeSnapshotAccessResponse struct {
	*RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RevokeSnapshotAccessResponse is the response type for the RevokeSnapshotAccess API operation.

func (*RevokeSnapshotAccessResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *RevokeSnapshotAccessResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the RevokeSnapshotAccess request.

type RotateEncryptionKeyInput 

type RotateEncryptionKeyInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the cluster that you want to rotate the encryption
	// keys for.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be the name of valid cluster that has encryption enabled.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RotateEncryptionKeyInput) String 

func (s RotateEncryptionKeyInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RotateEncryptionKeyInput) Validate 

func (s *RotateEncryptionKeyInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RotateEncryptionKeyOutput 

type RotateEncryptionKeyOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RotateEncryptionKeyOutput) String 

func (s RotateEncryptionKeyOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RotateEncryptionKeyRequest 

type RotateEncryptionKeyRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *RotateEncryptionKeyInput
	Copy  func(*RotateEncryptionKeyInput) RotateEncryptionKeyRequest
}

RotateEncryptionKeyRequest is the request type for the RotateEncryptionKey API operation.

func (RotateEncryptionKeyRequest) Send 

func (r RotateEncryptionKeyRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*RotateEncryptionKeyResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the RotateEncryptionKey API request.

type RotateEncryptionKeyResponse added in v0.9.0 

type RotateEncryptionKeyResponse struct {
	*RotateEncryptionKeyOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RotateEncryptionKeyResponse is the response type for the RotateEncryptionKey API operation.

func (*RotateEncryptionKeyResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *RotateEncryptionKeyResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the RotateEncryptionKey request.

type ScheduleState added in v0.6.0 

type ScheduleState string
const (
	ScheduleStateModifying ScheduleState = "MODIFYING"
	ScheduleStateActive    ScheduleState = "ACTIVE"
	ScheduleStateFailed    ScheduleState = "FAILED"
)

Enum values for ScheduleState

func (ScheduleState) MarshalValue added in v0.6.0 

func (enum ScheduleState) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ScheduleState) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.6.0 

func (enum ScheduleState) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Snapshot 

type Snapshot struct {

	// A list of the AWS customer accounts authorized to restore the snapshot. Returns
	// null if no accounts are authorized. Visible only to the snapshot owner.
	AccountsWithRestoreAccess []AccountWithRestoreAccess `locationNameList:"AccountWithRestoreAccess" type:"list"`

	// The size of the incremental backup.
	ActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The Availability Zone in which the cluster was created.
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of megabytes that have been transferred to the snapshot backup.
	BackupProgressInMegaBytes *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The time (UTC) when the cluster was originally created.
	ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The identifier of the cluster for which the snapshot was taken.
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The version ID of the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster.
	ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of megabytes per second being transferred to the snapshot backup.
	// Returns 0 for a completed backup.
	CurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The name of the database that was created when the cluster was created.
	DBName *string `type:"string"`

	// The amount of time an in-progress snapshot backup has been running, or the
	// amount of time it took a completed backup to finish.
	ElapsedTimeInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`

	// If true, the data in the snapshot is encrypted at rest.
	Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A boolean that indicates whether the snapshot data is encrypted using the
	// HSM keys of the source cluster. true indicates that the data is encrypted
	// using HSM keys.
	EncryptedWithHSM *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
	// routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
	// cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	//
	// If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
	//
	// Default: false
	EnhancedVpcRouting *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The estimate of the time remaining before the snapshot backup will complete.
	// Returns 0 for a completed backup.
	EstimatedSecondsToCompletion *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that was
	// used to encrypt data in the cluster from which the snapshot was taken.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the maintenance track for the snapshot.
	MaintenanceTrackName *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of days until a manual snapshot will pass its retention period.
	ManualSnapshotRemainingDays *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The number of days that a manual snapshot is retained. If the value is -1,
	// the manual snapshot is retained indefinitely.
	//
	// The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653.
	ManualSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The master user name for the cluster.
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`

	// The node type of the nodes in the cluster.
	NodeType *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of nodes in the cluster.
	NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// For manual snapshots, the AWS customer account used to create or copy the
	// snapshot. For automatic snapshots, the owner of the cluster. The owner can
	// perform all snapshot actions, such as sharing a manual snapshot.
	OwnerAccount *string `type:"string"`

	// The port that the cluster is listening on.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The list of node types that this cluster snapshot is able to restore into.
	RestorableNodeTypes []string `locationNameList:"NodeType" type:"list"`

	// The time (in UTC format) when Amazon Redshift began the snapshot. A snapshot
	// contains a copy of the cluster data as of this exact time.
	SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The snapshot identifier that is provided in the request.
	SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A timestamp representing the start of the retention period for the snapshot.
	SnapshotRetentionStartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The snapshot type. Snapshots created using CreateClusterSnapshot and CopyClusterSnapshot
	// are of type "manual".
	SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`

	// The source region from which the snapshot was copied.
	SourceRegion *string `type:"string"`

	// The snapshot status. The value of the status depends on the API operation
	// used:
	//
	//    * CreateClusterSnapshot and CopyClusterSnapshot returns status as "creating".
	//
	//    * DescribeClusterSnapshots returns status as "creating", "available",
	//    "final snapshot", or "failed".
	//
	//    * DeleteClusterSnapshot returns status as "deleted".
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of tags for the cluster snapshot.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// The size of the complete set of backup data that would be used to restore
	// the cluster.
	TotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The VPC identifier of the cluster if the snapshot is from a cluster in a
	// VPC. Otherwise, this field is not in the output.
	VpcId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a snapshot.

func (Snapshot) String 

func (s Snapshot) String() string

String returns the string representation

type SnapshotAttributeToSortBy added in v0.6.0 

type SnapshotAttributeToSortBy string
const (
	SnapshotAttributeToSortBySourceType SnapshotAttributeToSortBy = "SOURCE_TYPE"
	SnapshotAttributeToSortByTotalSize  SnapshotAttributeToSortBy = "TOTAL_SIZE"
	SnapshotAttributeToSortByCreateTime SnapshotAttributeToSortBy = "CREATE_TIME"
)

Enum values for SnapshotAttributeToSortBy

func (SnapshotAttributeToSortBy) MarshalValue added in v0.6.0 

func (enum SnapshotAttributeToSortBy) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (SnapshotAttributeToSortBy) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.6.0 

func (enum SnapshotAttributeToSortBy) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type SnapshotCopyGrant 

type SnapshotCopyGrant struct {

	// The unique identifier of the customer master key (CMK) in AWS KMS to which
	// Amazon Redshift is granted permission.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the snapshot copy grant.
	SnapshotCopyGrantName *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The snapshot copy grant that grants Amazon Redshift permission to encrypt copied snapshots with the specified customer master key (CMK) from AWS KMS in the destination region.

For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to Amazon Redshift Database Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (SnapshotCopyGrant) String 

func (s SnapshotCopyGrant) String() string

String returns the string representation

type SnapshotErrorMessage added in v0.6.0 

type SnapshotErrorMessage struct {

	// The failure code for the error.
	FailureCode *string `type:"string"`

	// The text message describing the error.
	FailureReason *string `type:"string"`

	// A unique identifier for the cluster.
	SnapshotClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A unique identifier for the snapshot returning the error.
	SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the errors returned by a snapshot.

func (SnapshotErrorMessage) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s SnapshotErrorMessage) String() string

String returns the string representation

type SnapshotSchedule added in v0.9.0 

type SnapshotSchedule struct {

	// The number of clusters associated with the schedule.
	AssociatedClusterCount *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A list of clusters associated with the schedule. A maximum of 100 clusters
	// is returned.
	AssociatedClusters []ClusterAssociatedToSchedule `locationNameList:"ClusterAssociatedToSchedule" type:"list"`

	NextInvocations []time.Time `locationNameList:"SnapshotTime" type:"list"`

	// A list of ScheduleDefinitions.
	ScheduleDefinitions []string `locationNameList:"ScheduleDefinition" type:"list"`

	// The description of the schedule.
	ScheduleDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// A unique identifier for the schedule.
	ScheduleIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional set of tags describing the schedule.
	Tags []Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a snapshot schedule. You can set a regular interval for creating snapshots of a cluster. You can also schedule snapshots for specific dates.

func (SnapshotSchedule) String added in v0.9.0 

func (s SnapshotSchedule) String() string

String returns the string representation

type SnapshotSortingEntity added in v0.6.0 

type SnapshotSortingEntity struct {

	// The category for sorting the snapshots.
	//
	// Attribute is a required field
	Attribute SnapshotAttributeToSortBy `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"true"`

	// The order for listing the attributes.
	SortOrder SortByOrder `type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a sorting entity

func (SnapshotSortingEntity) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s SnapshotSortingEntity) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*SnapshotSortingEntity) Validate added in v0.6.0 

func (s *SnapshotSortingEntity) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type SortByOrder added in v0.6.0 

type SortByOrder string
const (
	SortByOrderAsc  SortByOrder = "ASC"
	SortByOrderDesc SortByOrder = "DESC"
)

Enum values for SortByOrder

func (SortByOrder) MarshalValue added in v0.6.0 

func (enum SortByOrder) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (SortByOrder) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.6.0 

func (enum SortByOrder) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type SourceType 

type SourceType string
const (
	SourceTypeCluster               SourceType = "cluster"
	SourceTypeClusterParameterGroup SourceType = "cluster-parameter-group"
	SourceTypeClusterSecurityGroup  SourceType = "cluster-security-group"
	SourceTypeClusterSnapshot       SourceType = "cluster-snapshot"
)

Enum values for SourceType

func (SourceType) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum SourceType) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (SourceType) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum SourceType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Subnet 

type Subnet struct {

	// Describes an availability zone.
	SubnetAvailabilityZone *AvailabilityZone `type:"structure"`

	// The identifier of the subnet.
	SubnetIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the subnet.
	SubnetStatus *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a subnet.

func (Subnet) String 

func (s Subnet) String() string

String returns the string representation

type SupportedOperation added in v0.6.0 

type SupportedOperation struct {

	// A list of the supported operations.
	OperationName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the operations that are allowed on a maintenance track.

func (SupportedOperation) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s SupportedOperation) String() string

String returns the string representation

type SupportedPlatform added in v0.4.0 

type SupportedPlatform struct {
	Name *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A list of supported platforms for orderable clusters.

func (SupportedPlatform) String added in v0.4.0 

func (s SupportedPlatform) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TableRestoreStatus 

type TableRestoreStatus struct {

	// The identifier of the Amazon Redshift cluster that the table is being restored
	// to.
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A description of the status of the table restore request. Status values include
	// SUCCEEDED, FAILED, CANCELED, PENDING, IN_PROGRESS.
	Message *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the table to create as a result of the table restore request.
	NewTableName *string `type:"string"`

	// The amount of data restored to the new table so far, in megabytes (MB).
	ProgressInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The time that the table restore request was made, in Universal Coordinated
	// Time (UTC).
	RequestTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The identifier of the snapshot that the table is being restored from.
	SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the source database that contains the table being restored.
	SourceDatabaseName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the source schema that contains the table being restored.
	SourceSchemaName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the source table being restored.
	SourceTableName *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that describes the current state of the table restore request.
	//
	// Valid Values: SUCCEEDED, FAILED, CANCELED, PENDING, IN_PROGRESS
	Status TableRestoreStatusType `type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The unique identifier for the table restore request.
	TableRestoreRequestId *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the database to restore the table to.
	TargetDatabaseName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the schema to restore the table to.
	TargetSchemaName *string `type:"string"`

	// The total amount of data to restore to the new table, in megabytes (MB).
	TotalDataInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the status of a RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot operation.

func (TableRestoreStatus) String 

func (s TableRestoreStatus) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TableRestoreStatusType 

type TableRestoreStatusType string
const (
	TableRestoreStatusTypePending    TableRestoreStatusType = "PENDING"
	TableRestoreStatusTypeInProgress TableRestoreStatusType = "IN_PROGRESS"
	TableRestoreStatusTypeSucceeded  TableRestoreStatusType = "SUCCEEDED"
	TableRestoreStatusTypeFailed     TableRestoreStatusType = "FAILED"
	TableRestoreStatusTypeCanceled   TableRestoreStatusType = "CANCELED"
)

Enum values for TableRestoreStatusType

func (TableRestoreStatusType) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum TableRestoreStatusType) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (TableRestoreStatusType) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum TableRestoreStatusType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Tag 

type Tag struct {

	// The key, or name, for the resource tag.
	Key *string `type:"string"`

	// The value for the resource tag.
	Value *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A tag consisting of a name/value pair for a resource.

func (Tag) String 

func (s Tag) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TaggedResource 

type TaggedResource struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) with which the tag is associated, for example:
	// arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1.
	ResourceName *string `type:"string"`

	// The type of resource with which the tag is associated. Valid resource types
	// are:
	//
	//    * Cluster
	//
	//    * CIDR/IP
	//
	//    * EC2 security group
	//
	//    * Snapshot
	//
	//    * Cluster security group
	//
	//    * Subnet group
	//
	//    * HSM connection
	//
	//    * HSM certificate
	//
	//    * Parameter group
	//
	// For more information about Amazon Redshift resource types and constructing
	// ARNs, go to Constructing an Amazon Redshift Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/redshift-iam-access-control-overview.html#redshift-iam-access-control-specify-actions)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ResourceType *string `type:"string"`

	// The tag for the resource.
	Tag *Tag `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A tag and its associated resource.

func (TaggedResource) String 

func (s TaggedResource) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateTarget added in v0.5.0 

type UpdateTarget struct {

	// The cluster version for the new maintenance track.
	DatabaseVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the new maintenance track.
	MaintenanceTrackName *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of operations supported by the maintenance track.
	SupportedOperations []SupportedOperation `locationNameList:"SupportedOperation" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A maintenance track that you can switch the current track to.

func (UpdateTarget) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s UpdateTarget) String() string

String returns the string representation

type VpcSecurityGroupMembership 

type VpcSecurityGroupMembership struct {

	// The status of the VPC security group.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier of the VPC security group.
	VpcSecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the members of a VPC security group.

func (VpcSecurityGroupMembership) String 

func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) String() string

String returns the string representation

Source Files

View all Source files

Directories

Path Synopsis
Package redshiftiface provides an interface to enable mocking the Amazon Redshift service client for testing your code.
 Package redshiftiface provides an interface to enable mocking the Amazon Redshift service client for testing your code.

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL
go.dev uses cookies from Google to deliver and enhance the quality of its services and to analyze traffic. Learn more.